0000950123-11-031623.txt : 20110331 0000950123-11-031623.hdr.sgml : 20110331 20110331172558 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000950123-11-031623 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 8 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20101231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20110331 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20110331 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000927720 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: RADIO BROADCASTING STATIONS [4832] IRS NUMBER: 133827791 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 000-27823 FILM NUMBER: 11727705 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2601 S. BAYSHORE DRIVE, PHII CITY: MIAMI STATE: FL ZIP: 33133 BUSINESS PHONE: 3054416901 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2601 S. BAYSHORE DRIVE, PHII CITY: MIAMI STATE: FL ZIP: 33133 10-K 1 c14783e10vk.htm FORM 10-K Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010
Or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 000-27823
(SBS LOGO)
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   13-3827791
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
2601 South Bayshore Drive, PH II
Coconut Grove, Florida 33133

(Address of principal executive offices and zip code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (305) 441-6901
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share   The NASDAQ Global Market
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
             
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
As of June 30, 2010, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant had 41,596,513 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A common stock”), and 23,403,500 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class B common stock”), outstanding. As of June 30, 2010, the aggregate market value of the Class A common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $47.1 million and the aggregate market value of the Class B common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $4 thousand. We calculated the aggregate market value based upon the closing price of our Class A common stock reported on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 30, 2010 of $1.14 per share, and we have assumed that our shares of Class B common stock would trade at the same price per share as our shares of Class A common stock. (For purposes of this paragraph, directors and executive officers have been deemed affiliates.)
As of March 23, 2011, 41,669,805 shares of Class A common stock, 23,403,500 shares of Class B common stock and 380,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share (“Series C preferred stock”), which are convertible into 7,600,000 shares of Class A common stock, were outstanding.
Documents Incorporated by Reference:
Certain information required by Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A with respect to the registrant’s 2011 annual meeting of stockholders. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part hereof.
 
 

 

 


 

Table of Contents
         
    Page  
       
 
       
    1  
 
       
    22  
 
       
    32  
 
       
    32  
 
       
    34  
 
       
    35  
 
       
       
 
       
    36  
 
       
     
 
    38  
       
 
       
    48  
 
       
    48  
 
       
    48  
 
       
    48  
 
       
    49  
 
       
       
 
       
    49  
 
       
    50  
 
       
    50  
 
       
    50  
 
       
    50  
 
       
       
 
       
    51  
 
       
 Exhibit 21.1
 Exhibit 23.1
 Exhibit 31.1
 Exhibit 31.2
 Exhibit 32.1
 Exhibit 32.2

 

 


Table of Contents

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT FOR PURPOSES OF THE “SAFE HARBOR” PROVISIONS OF THE PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995.
This annual report on Form 10-K contains both historical and forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. intends such forward-looking statements to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements contained in the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, and includes this statement for purposes of such safe harbor provisions.
“Forward-looking” statements, as such term is defined by the Securities Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in its rules, regulations and releases, represent our expectations or beliefs, including, but not limited to, statements concerning our operations, economic performance, financial condition, growth and acquisition strategies, investments and future operational plans, such as those disclosed under the caption “Risk Factors” appearing in Item 1A of Part I of this Report. For this purpose, any statements contained herein that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “forecast,” “seek,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “could,” “estimate,” “might,” or “continue” or the negative or other variations thereof or comparable terminology are intended to identify forward-looking statements.
These statements, by their nature, involve substantial risks and uncertainties, certain of which are beyond our control, and actual results may differ materially depending on a variety of important factors, including uncertainty related to acquisitions, governmental regulation and any other factors discussed in our filings with the Commission and we do not have any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances. See Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

 


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1.   Business
All references to “we”, “us”, “our”, “SBS”, “our company” or “the Company” in this report mean Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation formed in 1994, and all entities owned or controlled by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and, if prior to 1994, mean our predecessor parent company Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a New Jersey corporation, and its subsidiaries. Our executive offices are located at 2601 South Bayshore Drive, PH II, Coconut Grove, Florida 33133, our telephone number is (305) 441-6901, and our corporate website is www.spanishbroadcasting.com.
We are the largest publicly traded Hispanic-controlled media and entertainment company in the United States. We own and/or operate 21 radio stations in markets that reach approximately 42% of the U.S. Hispanic population. Our radio stations are located in six of the top-ten Hispanic markets of Los Angeles, New York, Puerto Rico, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco. We operate three of the top-ten Spanish-formatted radio stations. The Los Angeles and New York markets have the largest and second largest Hispanic populations, and are also the largest and second largest radio markets in the United States in terms of advertising revenue, respectively.
We also own two television stations in the South Florida market, which operate as one television operation, branded “MegaTV”. Mega TV has various affiliation, programming and/or local marketing agreements, which allow us to reach approximately 5.6 million Hispanic households throughout the U.S., including Puerto Rico.
As part of our media operating business, we also operate LaMusica.com, Mega.tv, and our radio station websites, which are bilingual (Spanish-English) websites providing content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. We also produce live concerts and events throughout the United States, including Puerto Rico.
Mr. Raúl Alarcón, Jr. became Chairman of our Board of Directors when we completed our initial public offering on November 2, 1999 and has been our Chief Executive Officer since June 1994 and our President and a member of the Board of Directors since October 1985. The Alarcón family has been involved in Spanish-language radio broadcasting since the 1950’s, when the late Mr. Pablo Raúl Alarcón, Sr., our former Chairman Emeritus and former member of our Board of Directors, established his first radio station in Camagüey, Cuba. Members of our senior management team, on average, have over 20 years of experience in media broadcasting.
Business Strategy
We focus on maximizing the revenue and profitability of our broadcast portfolio by strengthening the performance of our existing broadcast stations. We evaluate strategic media acquisitions and/or dispositions and strive to expand our media content through distribution and affiliations in order to achieve a significant presence with clusters of stations in the top U.S. Hispanic markets. We generally consider acquisitions and expansion of broadcast stations in markets where we can maximize our revenue through aggressive sales and programming efforts directed at U.S. Hispanic and general market advertisers. The potential acquisitions and expansion may include broadcast stations which do not currently target the U.S. Hispanic market, but which we believe can successfully be reformatted and programmed. We also focus on long-term growth by investing in on-air talent, advertising and from time to time, programming research. Additionally, from time to time, we explore investment opportunities in related media outlets targeting the U.S. Hispanic market.

 

1


Table of Contents

Hispanic Market Opportunity
We believe that our focus on media formats targeting U.S. Hispanic audiences in the largest Hispanic media markets, together with our experience in programming and marketing to these audiences, provides us with significant opportunities for the following reasons:
    Hispanic Population Growth. The U.S. Hispanic population is the largest ethnic minority group and the fastest growing consumer market and demographic group of the U.S. population. Between 2000 and 2010, the Hispanic population increased by 39.8%, compared to 5.5% for the non-Hispanic population. In 2010, Hispanics comprised 16.1% of the country’s population and nearly one out of every six individuals living in the U.S. is of Hispanic origin.
    Hispanic Buying Power. The U.S. Hispanic population accounted for an estimated buying power of $1.04 trillion in 2010 and is estimated to grow to $1.48 trillion in 2015, an increase of 43.1%. Hispanic buying power increased by 107.5% between 2000 and 2010 and accounted for 9.3% of all U.S. buying power in 2010.
    Spanish Language Advertising Spending. In 2009, advertisers spent an estimated $6.3 billion on Spanish-language media advertising, compared to $6.9 billion in 2008.
The above market opportunity information is based on data provided by the Selig Center for Economic Growth, Terry College of Business, The University of Georgia, August 2010 and Advertising Age, Hispanic Fact Pack, Annual Guide to Hispanic Marketing and Media, 2010 Edition.
Operating Strategy
Our operating strategy focuses on maximizing our broadcast stations’ appeal to our targeted audiences and advertisers in order to increase revenue and cash flow, while simultaneously controlling operating expenses. To achieve these goals, we focus on the following:
Format high-quality programming. We format the programming of each of our broadcast stations to capture a significant share of the Spanish-language audience. From time to time, we use market research, including third-party consultants, periodic music testing and focus groups to assess audience preferences among the diverse groups in the Hispanic population in each broadcast station’s target demographic audience. We then refine our programming to reflect the results of this research and testing. Since the U.S. Hispanic population is so diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups from many different countries of origin, each with its own culture and heritage, we strive to become very familiar with the tastes and preferences of each of the various Hispanic ethnic groups, and we customize our broadcast programming accordingly.
Attract and retain strong local management teams. We employ local management teams in each of our markets that are responsible for the day-to-day operations of our broadcast stations. The teams typically consist of a general manager, a sales manager and a programming director. Broadcast stations are staffed with managers who have experience in, and knowledge of, the local market and/or the local Hispanic market because of the cultural diversity of the Hispanic population from market to market in the United States. We believe this approach improves our flexibility and responsiveness to changing conditions in each of the media markets we serve.
Utilize focused sales efforts and sales bundling. To capture greater market share, our sales force focuses on converting audience share into rate and revenue increases. We strategically hire sales professionals who are experts at Hispanic and general market advertising. We also value knowledgeable account managers skilled at dealing directly with clients in the local market. The Spanish-language consumer market is uniquely positioned for national campaigns, regional marketing plans and local promotions in our diverse markets. We believe that our focused sales efforts are working to increase media spending aimed at the Hispanic consumer market and will enable us to achieve rate and revenue growth, and to narrow the gap between the level of advertising currently targeted towards U.S. Hispanics and the actual and potential buying power of their communities.

 

2


Table of Contents

We utilize various sales strategies to sell and market our stations on a stand-alone basis, in combination with our other media properties within a given market, and across markets, where appropriate. We cross-promote, bundle, and sell our media properties to advertisers, thereby enhancing our revenue generating opportunities. We engage in joint sales and promotional activities across our various media properties in order to provide additional value to our advertisers and audience by creating a more efficient medium to reach and expand our Hispanic audience.
Control broadcast station operating costs. We employ a disciplined approach to operating our broadcast stations. We emphasize the control of each broadcast station’s operating costs through detailed budgeting, tight control over staffing levels and constant expense and vendor analysis. While local management is responsible for the day-to-day operation of each broadcast station, corporate management is responsible for long-term and strategic planning, establishing policies and procedures, maximizing cost savings through centralized processes where appropriate, allocating corporate resources and maintaining overall control of our broadcast stations.
Effective use of promotions and special events. We rely on our expertise in marketing to the Hispanic consumer in each of the media markets in which we operate to maximize our share of advertising revenue. We believe that our on-air talent, combined with effective promotional efforts, play a significant role in both adding new listeners and viewers and increasing their loyalty. We organize special promotional appearances, such as station van appearances at client events, concerts and tie-ins to special events, which form an important part of our marketing strategy. Many of these events build advertiser loyalty because they enable us to offer advertisers an additional method of reaching the Hispanic consumer. In some instances, these events are co-sponsored by local television stations, newspapers, promoters and advertisers, allowing our mutual advertisers to reach a larger combined Hispanic audience.
Maintain strong community involvement. We have been, and will continue to be, actively involved in the local communities that we serve. Our broadcast stations participate in numerous community programs, fund-raisers and activities benefiting the local community and Hispanics abroad. Examples of our community involvement include free public service announcements, free equal-opportunity employment announcements, tours and discussions held by station personalities with school and community groups designed to deter drug and gang involvement, free events designed to promote family values within the local Hispanic communities, charitable contributions to organizations which benefit the Hispanic community and other charities, and extended coverage, when necessary, of significant events which have an impact on the U.S. Hispanic population. Our broadcast stations have received numerous community service awards and acknowledgments from governmental entities, as well as from community and philanthropic organizations for their service. We believe that this involvement helps build and maintain broadcast station awareness and loyalty.
Expand branded content across multiple media platforms. We have found that our brands and the content that we have developed are well positioned for expansion in other media outlets. As part of our long-term strategy, it is essential that we find ways to monetize our content and investments across multiple platforms such as the Internet, television and other new media alternatives, such as personal music and video recording devices, cellular telephones and other new media technology. Since our content is unique to our brands and talent, expansion allows us to capture other advertising and sponsorship revenue. In addition, our key broadcast programs, on-air personalities and brands are being developed for downloadable video, ring-tone and interactive content use. We are also developing content from our production of musical events to create opportunities to sell, market and distribute such content through our websites and other media.

 

3


Table of Contents

Recent Developments
Engagement Letter
On January 21, 2011, we entered into an engagement letter agreement (the “Engagement Letter”) with Lazard Frères & Co. LLC (“Lazard”), to act as our investment banker in connection with exploring potential strategic transactions, including the refinancing of our existing First Lien Credit Facility due June 2012. The term of the Engagement Letter is from the date thereof until it expires or is earlier terminated pursuant to the terms thereof. Pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Letter, Lazard will be entitled to certain fees upon the consummation of certain strategic transactions, as well as other fees in connection with services rendered under the Engagement Letter and reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with its performance thereunder.
NASDAQ Delisting Letter
On October 12, 2010, we received a written deficiency notice (the “Notice”) from The Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ”), advising us that the closing bid price of our Class A common stock for the previous 30 consecutive business days had been below the minimum $1.00 per share (the “Minimum Bid Price Requirement”) required for continued listing on the NASDAQ Global Market pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(a)(1) (the “Rule”).
Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we have been provided an initial grace period of 180 calendar days, or until April 11, 2011, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. The Notice further provides that NASDAQ will provide written confirmation stating that we have achieved compliance with the Rule if at any time before April 11, 2011, the bid price of our common stock closes at $1.00 per share or more for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days. If we do not regain compliance with the Rule by April 11, 2011, NASDAQ will provide written notification to us that our common stock is subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Market, at which time we will have an opportunity to appeal the determination to a NASDAQ Hearings Panel.
We intend to use all reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, but there can be no guarantee that we will regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.
NASDAQ Audit Committee Compliance Letter
On August 14, 2009, we notified NASDAQ that due to the vacancy in our Audit Committee created by Antonio Fernandez’ voluntary resignation as a member of the Board of Directors, we were no longer in compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605 (“Rule 5605”), which requires that the Audit Committee be comprised of at least three members, each of whom is independent.
As a result, on August 27, 2009, we received a letter from NASDAQ notifying us that we were not in compliance with the audit committee requirements as set forth in Rule 5605 and advising us that, consistent with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(c)(4)(A), NASDAQ will provide us the following cure period to regain compliance:
    until the earlier of our next annual shareholders’ meeting on August 11, 2010; or
    if the next annual shareholders’ meeting is held before February 8, 2010, no later than February 8, 2010.
Effective June 3, 2010, the Board of Directors elected Manuel E. Machado as a director. The Board of Directors also appointed Mr. Machado as a member of both the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Machado is an “independent director” as defined in NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) and is qualified for service on the Company’s Audit Committee under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(c)(2). We notified NASDAQ on June 4, 2010 that our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Machado is qualified for service on the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors under the Rule 5605(c)(2), and that our Board has appointed him to serve on the Audit Committee. As a result, on June 7, 2010, we received a letter from NASDAQ stating that we have regained compliance with the Rule 5605(c)(2), which requires each listed company to maintain an audit committee composed of at least three members who meet certain eligibility criteria.

 

4


Table of Contents

Dividend Payment on the Series B Preferred Stock
Under the terms of our 10 3/4% Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series B preferred stock”), the holders of the outstanding shares of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, dividends on the Series B preferred stock at a rate of 10 3/4% per year, of the $1,000 liquidation preference per share, payable quarterly.
In determining whether to declare and pay any prior or future cash dividends, our Board of Directors will consider management’s recommendation, our financial condition, as well as whether, under Delaware law, sufficient surplus or net profits exist to pay such dividends.
During the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, our Board of Directors, under management’s recommendation, determined that based on the circumstances at the time, among other things, the then current economic environment and future cash requirements of the Company, it was not prudent to declare or pay the January 15, 2011, October 15, 2010, July 15, 2010, January 15, 2010, October 15, 2009 and July 15, 2009 cash dividends in the aggregate amount of approximately $14.5 million. Our Board of Directors has not yet determined whether to pay the scheduled April 15, 2011 dividend.
Lehman Hedge Settlement
In September and October 2008, the counterparty to an interest rate swap, Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc., and its parent and credit support provider, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., each filed for bankruptcy. Based on these bankruptcy filings, this cash flow hedge was deemed ineffective. As a result of the Lehman bankruptcy filings, a dispute arose with respect to the outstanding payments under the swap agreement. On June 17, 2010, the parties successfully resolved the dispute under mediation and entered into a confidential settlement and release agreement, resulting in a decrease in interest expense.
Operating Segments
We report two operating segments, radio and television.
See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data below.

 

5


Table of Contents

Radio Overview
We operate radio stations in some of the top Hispanic markets in the United States, including Puerto Rico. We own and/or operate radio stations in Los Angeles, New York, Puerto Rico, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco.
The following table sets forth certain statistical and demographic information relating to our radio markets:1
                                             
        Our Radio Markets  
                2010                    
        2010     estimated     2010     2010 total        
        estimated     % of total     estimated     estimated        
        Hispanic     Hispanic     % of total     market radio     Number of  
    Hispanic   population     population in     U.S. Hispanic     revenue     stations  
Hispanic market rank (a)   market   (000)(a)     market (a)     population (a)     ($mm)(b)     we operate  
 
                                           
1
  Los Angeles     8,107       44 %     17 %   $ 741       2  
2
  New York     4,588       21 %     9 %     615       2  
*
  Puerto Rico     3,792       100 %     100 %     72       11  
3
  Miami     2,033       45 %     4 %     249       4  
4
  Chicago     1,985       19 %     4 %     479       1  
6
  San Francisco     1,570       22 %     3 %     293       1  
 
                                     
 
                                           
Total for our markets
        22,075       33 %     42 %   $ 2,449       21  
 
                                     
 
     
(a)   Sources: Synovate 2010 Diversity Markets Report; U.S. Census Bureau Population Estimates for Puerto Rico, February 2011.
 
(b)   Source: BIA Financial Network Inc.’s Investing in Radio, 2010 Market Report.
 
*   Puerto Rico is not ranked by the Synovate 2010 Diversity Markets Report.
Radio Station Portfolio
The following is a general description of each of our markets. The market revenue information is based on data provided by BIA Financial Network, Inc.’s 2010 Investing in Radio Market Report 4th Edition, Synovate 2010 Diversity Markets Report.
Los Angeles. The Los Angeles market is the largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $741 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the Los Angeles market experienced an annual radio revenue decrease of 20.9% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the Los Angeles market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 4.6% between 2009 and 2014.
New York. The New York market is the second largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $615 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the New York market experienced an annual radio revenue decrease of 16.5% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the New York market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 4.8% between 2009 and 2014.
Puerto Rico. The Puerto Rico market is the thirty third largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $72 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the Puerto Rico market experienced an annual radio revenue decrease of 23.0% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the Puerto Rico market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 3.2% between 2009 and 2014.
Miami. The Miami market is the twelfth largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $249 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the Miami market experienced an  _____  annual radio revenue decrease of 19.1% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the Miami market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 4.8% between 2009 and 2014.
 
     
1   NTD: Confirm numbers in table are correct, as estimated Hispanic population decreased in every market except New York.

 

6


Table of Contents

Chicago. The Chicago market is the third largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $479 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the Chicago market experienced an annual radio revenue decrease of 14.1% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the Chicago market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 5.0% between 2009 and 2014.
San Francisco. The San Francisco market is the fifth largest radio market in terms of advertising revenue, which was projected to be approximately $293 million in 2010. As a result of the worldwide economic recession, the San Francisco market experienced an annual radio revenue decrease of 22.0% between 2008 and 2009. Radio revenue in the San Francisco market is expected to increase at an annual rate of 4.9% between 2009 and 2014.
Radio Station Programming
We format the programming of each of our radio stations to capture a substantial share of the U.S. Hispanic audience in its respective market. The U.S. Hispanic population is diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups from many different countries of origin and each with its own musical and cultural heritage. The music, culture, customs and Spanish dialects vary from one radio market to another. We strive to become very familiar with the musical tastes and preferences of each of the various Hispanic ethnic groups and customize our programming to match the local preferences of our target demographic audience in each market we serve. By employing listener study groups and surveys, we can respond immediately, if necessary, to any changing preferences of listeners and/or trends by refining our programming to reflect the results of our research and testing. Each of our programming formats is described below.
    Spanish Tropical. The Spanish Tropical format primarily consists of salsa, merengue, bachata, and reggaeton music. Salsa is dance music combining Latin Caribbean rhythms with jazz originating from Puerto Rico, Cuba and the Dominican Republic, which is popular with the Hispanics whom we target in New York, Miami and Puerto Rico. Merengue music is up-tempo dance music originating in the Dominican Republic. Bachata is a softer tempo dance music also originating in the Dominican Republic. Reggaeton is a modern rhythmic dance genre that incorporates certain elements of hip-hop music.
    Regional Mexican. The Regional Mexican format consists of various types of music played in different regions of Mexico such as ranchera, norteña, banda and cumbia. Ranchera music, originating from Jalisco, Mexico, is a traditional folkloric sound commonly referred to as mariachi music. Mariachi music features acoustical instruments and is considered the music indigenous to Mexicans who live in country towns. Norteña means northern, and is representative of Northern Mexico. Featuring an accordion, norteña has a polka sound with a distinct Mexican flavor. Banda is a regional format from the state of Sinalóa, Mexico and is popular in California. Banda resembles up-tempo marching band music with synthesizers.
    Spanish Adult Contemporary. The Spanish Adult Contemporary format includes soft romantic ballads and Spanish pop music as well as, international hits from Puerto Rico, Mexico, Latin America and Spain.
    Spanish Oldies. The Spanish Oldies format includes a variety of Latin and English classics, mainly from the 1960s, 1970s, and 1980s.
    Top 40. The Top 40 format consists of the most popular current Latin and English chart hits.
    Latin Rhythmic. The Hispanic Urban (“Hurban”) format consists of “reggaeton” with a mix of pop and tropical mixes. “Reggaeton” is dance music that originated in Panama and Puerto Rico more than a decade ago and has evolved into a mix of Spanish- and English-language dance hall, traditional reggae, Latin pop and Spanish hip-hop.

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table lists the programming formats of our radio stations and the target demographic group of each station.
             
            Target buying
    FM       demographic
Market   station   Format   group by age
 
Los Angeles
  KLAX   Regional Mexican   18-49
 
  KXOL   Latin Rhythmic   18-34
 
           
New York
  WSKQ   Spanish Tropical   18-49
 
  WPAT   Spanish Adult Contemporary   25-54
 
           
Puerto Rio
  WMEG   Top 40   18-34
 
  WEGM   Top 40   18-34
 
  WRXD   Spanish Tropical   25-54
 
  WIOA   Spanish Adult Contemporary   18-49
 
  WIOB   Spanish Adult Contemporary   18-49
 
  WIOC   Spanish Adult Contemporary   18-49
 
  WZNT   Spanish Tropical   18-49
 
  WZMT   Spanish Tropical   18-49
 
  WZET   Spanish Tropical   18-49
 
  WODA   Latin Rhythmic   18-34
 
  WNOD   Latin Rhythmic   18-34
 
           
Chicago
  WLEY   Regional Mexican   18-49
 
           
Miami
  WXDJ   Spanish Tropical   18-49
 
  WCMQ   Spanish Oldies   25-54
 
  WRMA   Spanish Adult Contemporary   18-49
 
  WRZA   Regional Mexican   18-49
 
           
San Francisco
  KRZZ   Regional Mexican   18-49
On-Line Properties
As part of our media operating business, we also operate SBS Interactive Network including LaMusica.com, Mega.TV, and our radio station websites which are bilingual (Spanish-English) websites providing content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. LaMusica.com and our network of station websites generate revenue primarily from advertising and sponsorship. In addition, the majority of our station websites simultaneously streams our stations’ content, which has broadened our audience reach. In addition, we hope to generate revenue from our key broadcast programs, on-air personalities and brands, which are being developed for downloadable video, ring-tone and interactive content use through our network website, LaMusica.com. We are also developing content from our production of musical events to create opportunities to sell, market, and distribute this content through our websites and other media.
We believe that SBS Interactive Network, together with our broadcast portfolio, enables our audience to enjoy targeted and culturally specific entertainment options, such as concert listings, music reviews, local entertainment calendars, and interactive content on popular Latin artists and entertainers. At the same time, our online properties enable our advertisers to reach their targeted Hispanic consumers through an additional and dynamic medium.
Television Overview and Programming
On March 1, 2006, we launched MegaTV, our general entertainment Spanish-language television operation. We created a unique television format which focuses on entertainment, events and variety with high-quality production. Our programming is formatted to capture shares of the market’s U.S. Hispanic audience by focusing on our core strengths as an “entertainment” company, thus offering a new alternative compared to the traditional Latino channels.

 

8


Table of Contents

The following table lists the distribution outlets of our MegaTV programming:
                 
                Programming
Market   Station ID   Channel     type
Charleston, South Carolina
  WHDC     40.2     Affiliation Agreement
Chicago, Illinois
  WOCK     13     Local Marketing Agreement
Dallas, Texas
  KODF     26     Affiliation Agreement
Fresno, California
  KSDI     33.2     Affiliation Agreement
Miami, Florida
  WSBS     22     Owned & Operated
New York, New York
  WRNN     48.2     Local Marketing Agreement
Orlando, Florida
  WHDO     38.2     Affiliation Agreement
Palm Springs, California
  KPLS     19.2     Affiliation Agreement
Puerto Rico
  WMEI     14.1     Programming Agreement
Salt Lake City, Utah
  WKBTU     23     Affiliation Agreement
Tampa, Florida
  WFHD     63.2     Affiliation Agreement
West Palm Beach, Florida
  WBWP     57     Affiliation Agreement
DirecTV Más — Nationwide
  Satellite     405     Affiliation Agreement
DirecTV — Puerto Rico
  Satellite     169     Affiliation Agreement
AT&T U-Verse — Nationwide
  ADS/Cable     3008     Affiliation Agreement
MegaTV’s programming is based on a strategy designed to showcase a combination of programs, ranging from televised radio-branded shows to general entertainment programs, such as music, celebrity, debate, interviews and personality-based shows. On the forefront of digital platforms, we were the first Spanish language programmer to broadcast in 100% native High Definition (HD), and today, only one of the first Spanish language programmers to launch content on Video On Demand, known as VOD.
As part of our strategy, we have incorporated certain of our on-air personalities into our programming, as well as including interactive elements to complement our Internet websites. We have developed approximately 70% of our programming and have commissioned other content from capable Spanish-language production partners. Our television revenue is generated primarily from the sale of local advertising and paid programming. Advertising rates depend primarily on our ability to attract an audience in the demographic groups targeted by our advertisers, the number of stations in the market we compete with for the same audience, and the supply of and demand for television advertising time, as well as other qualitative factors. We also generate revenue from the sale of integrated sponsorships and program syndication.
Our television growth strategy is focused on expanding our MegaTV operations into U.S. Hispanic markets where we do not currently have television programming distribution outlets. We continue to target fast-growing and high-density U.S. Hispanic markets, including markets in Texas and California, where we can maximize our revenue through aggressive sales and programming efforts directed at U.S. Hispanic and general market advertisers.
Advertising Revenue
The vast majority of our revenue is derived from cash advertising sales. Advertising revenue is usually classified by two categories — “national” and “local.” “National” generally refers to advertising that is solicited by a representative firm for national advertisers. A subset category of National advertising revenue is network advertising revenue, which is advertising purchased by our other strategic alliance agreements. Our national sales representative for our radio stations is McGavern Guild, Inc. and Spanish Television Sales, LLC for our television stations. “Local” refers to advertising purchased by advertisers and agencies in the local market served by a particular station.
Current trends in the media advertising market have changed the long-established model for categorizing advertising revenue. In the past, media advertising was usually classified into two categories—“national” or “local” spot sales. We have expanded the conventional model by offering “integrated sponsorship” opportunities, which are highly sought after and command a higher investment from agencies, in order to maximize our advertisers’ opportunities. We expect that our primary source of revenue from our broadcast stations will be generated from the sale of national, local and integrated sponsorship advertising. In addition, we are anticipating that the television, radio and internet offerings will generate more advertising opportunities by offering multi-media packages.

 

9


Table of Contents

The broadcasting industry is one of the most efficient and cost-effective means for advertisers to reach targeted demographic groups. Advertising rates charged by a station are based primarily on the station’s ability to attract an audience in a given market and on the attractiveness to advertisers of the station’s audience demographics, as well as the demand on available advertising inventory. Rates also vary depending upon a program’s popularity among the listeners/viewers an advertiser is seeking to attract and the availability of alternative media in the market. Radio advertising rates generally are highest during the morning drive-time hours, which are the peak hours for radio audience listening. Television advertising rates are higher during prime time evening viewing periods. A broadcaster that has multiple stations in a market appeals to national advertisers because these advertisers can reach more listeners and viewers, thus enabling the broadcaster to attract a greater share of the advertising revenue in a given market. We believe that we will be able to exploit our competitive advantages as new and existing advertisers recognize the increasing desirability of targeting the growing U.S. Hispanic population.
Each station broadcasts a predetermined number of advertisements per hour with the actual number depending upon the format of a particular station and any programming strategy we are utilizing to attract an audience. We also determine the number of advertisements broadcast hourly that can maximize the station’s revenue without negatively impacting its audience listener/viewer levels. While there may be shifts from time to time in the number of advertisements broadcast during a particular time of the day, the total number of advertisements broadcast on a particular station generally does not vary significantly from year to year.
We have short- and long-term contracts with our advertisers, although it is customary in the radio and television industry that the majority of advertising contracts are short-term and generally run for less than three months. This affords broadcasters the opportunity to modify advertising rates as dictated by changes in viewer ratings, changes in competitive dynamics and changes in the business climate within a particular market. In each of our broadcasting markets, we employ sales personnel to obtain local advertising revenue. Our local sales force is responsible for maintaining relationships with key local advertisers and agencies and identifying new advertisers. We pay commissions to our local sales staff upon receipt of payment for their respective billings which assists in our collection efforts.
Seasonality
Seasonal broadcasting revenue fluctuations are common in the broadcasting industry and are primarily due to fluctuations in advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. Our net broadcasting revenues vary throughout the year. Historically, our first calendar quarter (January through March) has generally produced the lowest net broadcasting revenue for the year because of routine post-holiday decreases in advertising expenditures.
Competition
The success of our broadcast stations depends significantly upon their audience ratings and their share of the overall advertising revenue within their markets. The radio and television broadcasting industries are highly competitive businesses. Each of our radio stations compete with both Spanish-language and English-language radio stations in their market, as well as other media, such as newspapers, broadcast television, cable television, the Internet, magazines, outdoor advertising, satellite radio, transit advertising and direct mail marketing. Our television operations compete for viewers and revenue with both Spanish-language and English-language television stations in our local markets, as well as nationally broadcast television operations, cable television, the Internet and other video media.

 

10


Table of Contents

Several of the broadcast stations with which we compete are subsidiaries of larger national or regional companies that may have substantially greater financial resources than we do. Factors which are material to our competitive position include:
    management experience;
    talent and popularity of on-air personalities and television show hosts and actors;
    audience ratings and our broadcast stations’ rank in their markets;
    sales talent and experience;
    signal strength and frequency; and
    audience demographics, including the nature of the Spanish-language market targeted by a particular station.
Although the broadcast industry is highly competitive, some barriers to entry do exist. These barriers can be mitigated to some extent by changing existing broadcast station formats and programming and upgrading power, among other actions. The operation of a broadcast station requires a license or other authorization from the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”). The number of AM radio stations that can operate in a given market is limited by the availability of AM radio frequencies spectrum in a given market. The number of FM radio frequencies and television stations that can operate in a given market is limited by the availability of those allotted by the FCC to communities in such market. In addition, the FCC’s multiple ownership rules regulate the number of stations that may be owned and controlled by a single entity in a given market. However, in recent years, these rules have changed significantly. For a discussion of FCC regulation, see Federal Regulation of Radio and Television Broadcasting below.
The radio industry is also subject to competition from new media technologies that are being developed or introduced, such as the delivery of audio programming by cable television systems and by satellite. The FCC has licensed companies for the use of a new technology, satellite digital audio radio services (“SDARS”), to deliver audio programming. SDARS provides a medium for the delivery by satellite of multiple new audio programming formats to local and national audiences. Some radio broadcast stations, including ours, are presently utilizing digital technology on their existing frequencies to deliver audio programming. The FCC also has begun granting licenses for a new “low power” radio or “microbroadcasting” service to provide low-cost neighborhood service on frequencies which would not interfere with existing stations.
The FCC has selected In-Band On-ChannelTM, or IBOC, as the exclusive technology for introduction of terrestrial digital operations by AM and FM radio stations. The technology is also known as “HD Radio®.” The FCC has authorized the commencement of “hybrid” IBOC transmissions, that is, simultaneous broadcast in both digital and analog format, pursuant to notification by the station. The advantages of digital audio broadcasting over traditional analog broadcasting technology include improved sound quality and the ability to offer a greater variety of auxiliary services. IBOC technology permits a station to transmit radio programming in both analog and digital formats, and eventually in digital only formats, using the bandwidth that the radio station is currently licensed to use. It is unclear what impact the introduction of digital broadcasting will have on the radio markets in which we compete. The FCC has authorized use of IBOC digital technology developed by iBiquity Digital Corporation, or iBiquity, on AM and FM stations full-time to (1) improve sound quality, (2) provide spectrum for enhanced data services and multiple program streams, and (3) allow radio stations to time broker unused digital bandwidth to third parties, thereby providing new business opportunities for radio broadcasters. Final digital radio rules, including the imposition of new public interest requirements and appropriate limits to the amount of subscription requirements, remain under consideration by the FCC.
We currently utilize HD Radio® digital technology on some of our stations and will evaluate additional installations over the next few years. This digital technology, which is not required by the FCC, offers the possibility of multiple audio channels in our assigned frequencies.
The delivery of information through the presently unregulated Internet also could create a new form of competition for both radio and television. Internet radio broadcasts have no geographic limitations and can provide listeners with radio programming from around the country and the world. Although we believe that the current sound quality of Internet radio is below standard and may vary depending on factors that can distort or interrupt the broadcast, such as network traffic, we expect that improvements from higher bandwidths, faster modems and wider programming selection may make Internet radio a more significant competitor in the future. The radio broadcasting industry historically has grown despite the introduction of new technologies for the delivery of entertainment and information, such as television broadcasting, cable television, audio tapes, portable digital music players and compact discs. Similarly, the television broadcasting industry has grown, notwithstanding the increasing popularity of portable compact disc players, digital video recorders and entertainment and media content delivered through cell phones and other wireless devices. A growing population and the greater availability of televisions and radios, particularly car and portable radios, have contributed to the growth of the radio and television industries. We cannot assure you, however, that the development or introduction of any new media technology will not have an adverse effect on the radio and television broadcasting industries.

 

11


Table of Contents

We cannot predict what other matters may be considered in the future by the FCC, nor can we assess in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes may have on our business. See Federal Regulation of Radio and Television Broadcasting below.
Trademarks, Copyrights, and Licenses
In the course of our business, we use various trademarks, copyrights, trade names, domain names, and service marks, including logos, with our products and services in our programming, advertising and promotions. Trademarks and copyrights are of material importance to our business and are protected by registration or otherwise in the United States, including Puerto Rico. We believe our trademarks, copyrights, trade names, domain names and service marks are important to our business and we intend to continue to protect and promote them where appropriate and to protect the registration of new trademarks and copyrights, including through legal action. We do not hold or depend upon any material government license, franchise or concession, except the broadcast licenses granted by the FCC and the trademarks granted by the United States Patent and Trademark Office.
Antitrust
We have completed, and in the future may complete, strategic acquisitions and divestitures in order to achieve a significant presence with clusters of stations in the top U.S. Hispanic markets. Since the passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) and the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), the federal agencies responsible for enforcing the federal antitrust laws, have reviewed certain proposed acquisitions of broadcast stations and station networks. The DOJ can be particularly aggressive when the proposed buyer already owns one or more broadcast stations in the market of the station it is seeking to buy. The DOJ has challenged a number of broadcasting transactions. Some of those challenges ultimately resulted in consent decrees requiring, among other things, divestitures of certain stations. Additionally, the FTC has initiated a rule-making that proposes numerous changes to the information to be provided both as part of the premerger notification and in response to a request for additional information. As part of its scrutiny of station acquisitions, the DOJ has stated publicly that it believes that commencement of operations under time brokerage agreements, local marketing agreements and other similar agreements customarily entered into in connection with station transfers prior to the expiration of the waiting period under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended (the “HSR Act”), could violate the HSR Act. In connection with acquisitions, subject to the waiting period under the HSR Act, so long as the DOJ policy on the issue remains unchanged, we would not expect to commence operation of any affected station under a time brokerage agreement, local marketing agreement or similar agreement until the waiting period has expired or been terminated.
Federal Regulation of Radio and Television Broadcasting
General. The radio and television broadcasting industry is subject to extensive and changing regulation by the FCC of programming, technical operations, employment and other business practices. The FCC regulates broadcast stations pursuant to the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (the “Communications Act”). The Communications Act permits the operation of broadcast stations only in accordance with a license issued by the FCC upon a finding that the grant of a license would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity. The Communications Act provides for the FCC to exercise its licensing authority to provide a fair, efficient and equitable distribution of broadcast service throughout the United States. Among other things, the FCC:
    assigns frequency bands for radio and television broadcasting;
    determines the particular frequencies, locations and operating power of radio and television broadcast stations;
    issues, renews, revokes and modifies radio and television broadcast station licenses;
    establishes technical requirements for certain transmitting equipment used by radio and television broadcast stations;

 

12


Table of Contents

    adopts and implements regulations and policies that directly or indirectly affect the ownership, operation, program content and employment and business practices of radio and television broadcast stations;
    has the power to impose penalties, including monetary forfeitures and license revocations, for violations of its rules and the Communications Act; and
    regulates certain aspects of the operation of cable and Direct to Home (DTH) satellite systems and certain other electronic media that compete with broadcast stations.
The following is a brief summary of certain provisions of the Communications Act and specific FCC rules and policies. This summary does not purport to be complete and is subject to the text of the Communications Act, the FCC’s rules and regulations, and the rulings of the FCC. You should refer to the Communications Act and these FCC rules, regulations and rulings for further information concerning the nature and extent of federal regulation of broadcast stations. A licensee’s failure to observe the requirements of the Communications Act or FCC rules and policies may result in the imposition of various sanctions, including admonishment, fines, the grant of renewal terms of less than eight years, the grant of a license with conditions or, for particularly egregious violations, the denial of a license renewal application, the revocation of an FCC broadcasting license or the denial of FCC consent to acquire additional broadcast properties, all of which could have a material adverse impact on our operations.
FCC Licenses. The Communications Act provides that a broadcast station license may be granted to any applicant if the granting of the application would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, subject to certain limitations. In making licensing determinations, the FCC considers an applicant’s legal, technical, financial and other qualifications. The FCC grants radio and television broadcast station licenses for specific periods of time and, upon application, may renew them for additional terms. Under the Communications Act, radio and television broadcast station licenses may be granted for a maximum term of eight years.
The following table sets forth the technical information and license expiration dates of each of our radio and television stations:
                                     
            Date of                    
Broadcast       Date of   license   Operation                
station   Market   acquisition   expiration   frequency   FCC class   HAAT     Power  
                        (In meters)     (In kilowatts)  
 
KLAX-FM
  Los Angeles, CA   2/24/1988   12/1/2013   97.9 MHz   B     184       33.00  
KXOL-FM
  Los Angeles, CA   10/30/2003   12/1/2013   96.3 MHz   B     398       6.60  
WSKQ-FM
  New York, NY   1/26/1989   6/1/2006 (a)   97.9 MHz   B     415       6.00  
WPAT-FM
  New York, NY   3/25/1996   6/1/2014   93.1 MHz   B     433       5.40  
WMEG-FM
  Puerto Rico   5/13/1999   2/1/2012   106.9 MHz   B     594       25.00  
WEGM-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   95.1 MHz   B     600       25.00  
WRXD-FM
  Puerto Rico   12/1/1998   2/1/2012   96.5 MHz   B     852       11.50  
WZET-FM
  Puerto Rico   5/13/1999   2/1/2012   92.1 MHz   A     337       3.00  
WIOA-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   99.9 MHz   B     560       31.00  
WIOB-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   97.5 MHz   B     302       50.00  
WIOC-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   105.1 MHz   B     (61 )     47.00  
WZNT-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   93.7 MHz   B     560       28.00  
WZMT-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   93.3 MHz   B1     (69 )     14.50  
WODA-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   94.7 MHz   B     560       31.00  
WNOD-FM
  Puerto Rico   1/14/2000   2/1/2012   94.1 MHz   B     597       25.00  
WLEY-FM
  Chicago, IL   3/27/1997   12/1/2012   107.9 MHz   B     232       21.00  
WXDJ-FM
  Miami, FL   3/28/1997   2/1/2012   95.7 MHz   C2     167       40.00  
WCMQ-FM
  Miami, FL   12/22/1986   2/1/2012   92.3 MHz   C2     188       31.00  
WRMA-FM
  Miami, FL   3/28/1997   2/1/2012   106.7 MHz   CO     300       100.00  
WRAZ-FM (b)
  Miami, FL   1/1/2008   2/1/2012   106.3 MHz   C2     93       50.00  
KRZZ-FM
  San Francisco, CA   12/23/2004   12/1/2013   93.3 MHz   B     415       6.00  
WSBS-DT
  Miami, FL (c)   3/1/2006   2/1/2013   CH. 3   DTV     54       1.00  
WSBS-CD
  Miami, FL   3/1/2006   2/1/2013   CH. 50   CA     236       150.00  

 

13


Table of Contents

 
     
(a)   Application for renewal of license is pending. The FCC broadcasting license for WSKQ-FM expired on June 1, 2006. A petition to deny the application for renewal was filed by several parties who alleged, inter alia, that WSKQ-FM had broadcast indecent material during the license term. An opposition pleading was submitted to the Commission categorically stating that the allegations made did not raise sufficient questions to warrant non-renewal of the license. The application remains pending and the station continues to operate under its expired license until the FCC takes action on the renewal. In the great majority of cases, radio broadcast licenses are renewed by the FCC even when petitions to deny are filed against license renewal applications.
 
(b)   WRAZ-FM is operated pursuant to a local marketing agreement with South Broadcasting System, Inc. See section entitled “Related Party Transactions”.
 
(c)   TV Station WSBS-DT is licensed to Key West and is part of the Miami DMA (designated market area, as defined by Nielsen Media Research).
 
License Grant and Renewal. Generally, the FCC renews broadcast licenses without a hearing upon a finding that:
    the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity;
    there have been no serious violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations; and
    there have been no other violations by the licensee of the Communications Act or FCC rules and regulations which, taken together, indicate a pattern of abuse.
After considering these factors, the FCC may grant the license renewal application with or without conditions, including renewal for a term less than the maximum term otherwise permitted by law, or hold an evidentiary hearing.
The Communications Act authorizes the filing of petitions to deny a license renewal application during specific periods of time after a renewal application has been filed. Interested parties, including members of the public, may use these petitions to raise issues concerning a renewal applicant’s qualifications. If a substantial and material question of fact concerning a renewal application is raised by the FCC or other interested parties, or if for any reason the FCC cannot determine that granting a renewal application would serve the public interest, convenience and necessity, the FCC will hold an evidentiary hearing on the application. If, as a result of an evidentiary hearing, the FCC determines that the licensee has failed to meet the requirements specified above and that no mitigating factors justify the imposition of a lesser sanction, then the FCC may deny a license renewal application. Generally, our licenses have been renewed without any material conditions or sanctions being imposed, but we cannot assure that the licenses of each of our stations will continue to be renewed or will continue to be renewed without conditions or sanctions. In a pending rule-making proceeding, the FCC has sought comments on the adoption of processing guidelines for renewal applications regarding a station’s locally oriented programming performance. The effect of whether and to what extent any such requirements are ultimately adopted and become effective cannot currently be determined.
The FCC classifies each AM and FM radio station. An AM radio station operates on either a clear channel, regional channel or local channel. A clear channel is one on which AM radio stations are assigned to serve wide areas, particularly at night. The minimum and maximum facilities requirements for an FM radio station are determined by its class. Possible FM class designations depend upon the geographic zone in which the transmitter of the FM radio station is located. In general, commercial FM radio stations are classified as follows, in order of increasing power and antenna height: Class A, B1, C3, B, C2, C1, C0, or C radio stations.

 

14


Table of Contents

Transfers and Assignments of License. The Communications Act requires prior approval by the FCC for the assignment of a broadcast license or the transfer of control of a corporation or other entity holding a license. In determining whether to approve an assignment of a radio broadcast license or a transfer of control of a broadcast licensee, the FCC considers, among other things:
    the financial and legal qualifications of the prospective assignee or transferee, including compliance with FCC restrictions on non-U.S. citizens or entity ownership and control;
    compliance with FCC rules limiting the common ownership of attributable interests in broadcast and newspaper properties;
    the history of compliance with FCC operating rules; and
    the character qualifications of the transferee or assignee and the individuals or entities holding attributable interests in them.
To obtain the FCC’s prior consent to assign or transfer a broadcast license, appropriate applications must be filed with the FCC. The application must be placed on public notice for a period of 30 days during which petitions to deny the application may be filed by interested parties, including members of the public. Informal objections may be filed any time up until the FCC acts upon the application. If the FCC grants an assignment or transfer application, interested parties have 30 days from public notice of the grant to seek reconsideration of that grant. The FCC has an additional ten days to set aside such grant on its own motion. When ruling on an assignment or transfer application, the FCC is prohibited from considering whether the public interest might be served by an assignment or transfer to any party other than the assignee or transferee specified in the application.
Alien Ownership. Under the Communications Act, a broadcast license may not be granted to or held by any corporation that has more than 20% of its capital stock owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens, whom the FCC refers to as “aliens” or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations. Furthermore, the Communications Act provides that no FCC broadcast license may be granted to or held by any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other corporation of which more than 25% of the capital stock of record is owned or voted by non-U.S. citizens or entities or their representatives, by foreign governments or their representatives, or by non-U.S. corporations, if the FCC finds the public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license. These restrictions apply in modified form to other forms of business organizations, including partnerships and limited liability companies. Thus, the licenses for our stations could be revoked if more than 25% of our outstanding capital stock is issued to or for the benefit of non-U.S. citizens. Our certificate of incorporation provides that the transfer or conversion of our capital stock, whether voluntary or involuntary, shall not be permitted, and shall be ineffective, if such transfer or conversion would violate (or would result in violation of) the Communications Act or any of the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder or require the prior approval of the FCC, unless such prior approval has been obtained.
Ownership Attribution. The FCC generally applies its other broadcast ownership limits to “attributable” interests held by an individual, corporation, partnership or other association or entity, including limited liability companies. In the case of a corporation holding broadcast licenses, the interests of officers, directors and those who, directly or indirectly, have the right to vote 5% or more of the stock of a licensee corporation are generally deemed attributable interests, as are officer positions and directors of a corporate parent of a broadcasting licensee. The FCC treats all partnership interests as attributable, except for those limited partnership interests that under FCC policies are considered insulated from material involvement in the management or operation of the media-related activities of the partnership. The FCC currently treats limited liability companies like limited partnerships for purposes of attribution. Stock interests held by insurance companies, mutual funds, bank trust departments and certain other passive investors that hold stock for investment purposes only become attributable with the ownership of 20% or more of the voting stock of the corporation holding broadcast licenses.
To assess whether a voting stock interest in a direct or an indirect parent corporation of a broadcast licensee is attributable, the FCC uses a “multiplier” analysis in which noncontrolling voting stock interests are deemed proportionally reduced at each noncontrolling link in a multi-corporation ownership chain. A time brokerage agreement with another radio station in the same market creates an attributable interest in the brokered radio station, as well as for purposes of the FCC’s local radio station ownership rules, if the agreement affects more than 15% of the brokered radio station’s weekly broadcast hours.
Debt instruments, nonvoting stock options or other nonvoting interests with rights of conversion to voting interests that have not yet been exercised and insulated limited partnership interests where the limited partner is not materially involved in the media-related activities of the partnership generally do not subject their holders to attribution. However, the holder of an equity or debt instrument or interest in a broadcast licensee, cable television system, daily newspaper or other media outlet shall have that interest attributed if the equity (including all stock holdings, whether voting or nonvoting, common or preferred) and debt interest or interests in the aggregate exceed 33% of the total asset value, defined as the aggregate of all equity plus all debt of that media outlet, and the interest holder also holds an interest in a broadcast licensee, cable television system, newspaper or other media outlet operating in the same market that is subject to the broadcast multiple ownership or cross-ownership rules and is otherwise attributable or if the interest holder supplies over 15% of the total weekly broadcast programming hours of the station in which the interest is held.

 

15


Table of Contents

Multiple Ownership. The Communications Act and FCC rules generally restrict ownership, operation or control of, or the common holding of attributable interests in (i) broadcast stations above certain limits serving the same local market, and (ii) broadcast stations and a daily newspaper serving the same local market. In May 2010, the FCC released a Notice of Inquiry (“NOI”) as the initial step of its 2010 quadrennial review of its media ownership rules. The NOI solicited comments on a number of broad-based questions intended to define the analytical framework of the statutorily-mandated quadrennial review. We cannot predict the outcome of these proceedings or whether the FCC’s multiple ownership rules will be modified. The FCC’s multiple ownership rules are briefly summarized below.
Local Radio Ownership. Although current FCC nationwide radio broadcast ownership rules allow one entity to own, control or hold attributable interests in an unlimited number of AM and FM radio stations nationwide, the Communications Act and the FCC’s rules limit the number of radio broadcast stations in local markets (defined as those counties in the Arbitron® defined market) in which a single entity may own an attributable interest as follows:
    In a radio market with 45 or more full-power commercial and noncommercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to eight commercial radio stations, not more than five of which are in the same service (AM or FM).
    In a radio market with between 30 and 44 (inclusive) full-power commercial and noncommercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to seven commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM).
    In a radio market with between 15 and 29 (inclusive) full-power commercial and noncommercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to six commercial radio stations, not more than four of which are in the same service (AM or FM).
    In a radio market with 14 or fewer full-power commercial and noncommercial radio stations, a party may own, operate or control up to five commercial radio stations, not more than three of which are in the same service (AM or FM), except that a party may not own, operate, or control more than 50% of the radio stations in such market.
For the purpose of radio ownership caps, the FCC defines a local radio market as the geographic market assigned by Arbitron®, the private audience measurement service for radio broadcasters. For non-Arbitron® markets, the FCC is conducting a rulemaking in order to define markets in a manner comparable to the Arbitron® method. In the interim, the FCC will apply a “modified contour approach” to non-Arbitron® markets. This modified approach will exclude any radio station whose transmitter site is more than 58 miles from the perimeter of the mutual overlap area.
Local Television Ownership. Under the ownership rules currently in place, the FCC generally permits an owner to have only one television station per market. A single owner is permitted to have two stations with overlapping signals so long as (i) one of the two commonly owned stations is not ranked in the top four based upon audience share, and (ii) there will remain after the transaction eight independently owned, full power noncommercial or commercial operating television stations in the market. The FCC will consider waiving these ownership restrictions in certain cases involving failing or failed stations or stations which are not yet built.
Television National Audience Reach Limitation. Under the national television ownership rule, one party may not own television stations which reach more than 39% of all U.S. television households. For purposes of calculating the total number of television households reached by a station, the FCC attributes a UHF television station with only 50% of the television households in its market. In establishing a national cap by statute, Congress did not make mention of the FCC’s “UHF discount” policy. The FCC may commence a proceeding to determine if the UHF discount policy should be retained, reused or eliminated.

 

16


Table of Contents

Radio-Television Cross-Ownership. The radio-television cross-ownership rule generally allows common ownership of one or two television stations and up to six radio stations, or, in certain circumstances, (i) one television station and seven radio stations, in any market where at least 20 independent voices would remain after the combination; (ii) two television stations and up to four radio stations in a market where at least 10 independent voices would remain after the combination; and (iii) one television and one radio station notwithstanding the number of independent voices in the market. A “voice” includes each independently owned and operated full-power television and radio station and each daily newspaper that has a circulation exceeding 5% of the households in the market, plus one voice for all cable television systems operating in the market.
Newspaper-Broadcast Cross-Ownership. Under the currently effective newspaper broadcast cross-ownership rule, unless grandfathered or subject to waiver, no party can have an attributable interest in both a daily English-language newspaper and either a television or radio station in the same market if specified signal contours of the television station or the radio station encompass the entire community in which the newspaper is published.
Programming and Operations. The Communications Act requires broadcasters to serve the public interest. A broadcast licensee is required to present programming in response to community problems, needs and interests and to maintain certain records demonstrating its responsiveness. The FCC will consider complaints from listeners about a broadcast station’s programming when it evaluates the licensee’s renewal application, but listeners’ complaints also may be filed and considered at any time. Stations also must pay regulatory and application fees, and follow various FCC rules that regulate, among other things, political advertising, equal employment opportunity, technical operation, the broadcast of obscene or indecent programming, sponsorship identification, the broadcast of contest and lottery information and the conduct of contests. Certain FCC rules affecting programming and operations are briefly summarized below.
Indecency and Profanity. Provisions of federal law regulate the broadcast of obscene, indecent, or profane material. The FCC’s rules prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent or profane material between the hours of 6 a.m. and 10 p.m. Broadcasters risk violating the prohibition against broadcasting indecent or profane material because the vagueness of the FCC’s indecency/profanity definition makes it difficult to apply, particularly with regard to spontaneous, live programming. In recent years, the FCC has increased its enforcement efforts of these indecency and profanity regulations, and has threatened to initiate license revocation proceedings against broadcast licensees for “serious” indecency or profanity violations. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations. Legislation enacted in 2006 provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per indecent or profane utterance with a maximum forfeiture exposure of $3.0 million for any continuing violation arising from a single act or failure to act. Several appeals of certain of the FCC’s recent enforcement actions and of the FCC’s underlying indecency standards are pending in the federal courts. Several appeals of certain of the FCC’s recent indecency enforcement actions and of the FCC’s underlying indecency standards are pending in the federal courts. In July 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit issued a decision finding that the FCC’s indecency standard was too vague for broadcasters to interpret and therefore inconsistent with the First Amendment. This decision is subject to rehearing and possible appeal to the Supreme Court. We cannot predict the outcome of these court proceedings or whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.
Equal Employment Opportunities. The FCC requires that licensees not discriminate in hiring practices, develop and implement programs designed to promote equal employment opportunities and maintain reports on these matters annually and submit reports to the FCC in connection with each license renewal application and mid-term between renewal applications.
Simulcasting. The FCC rules also prohibit a licensee from simulcasting more than 25% of its programming on another radio station in the same broadcast service (that is, AM/AM or FM/FM). The simulcasting restriction applies if the licensee owns both radio broadcast stations or owns one and programs the other through a local marketing agreement, provided that the contours of the radio stations overlap in a certain manner.
Time Brokerage and Joint Sales Agreements. Occasionally, stations enter into time brokerage agreements or local marketing agreements. Separately owned and licensed stations may agree to function cooperatively in programming, advertising sales and other matters, subject to compliance with the antitrust laws and the FCC’s rules and policies, including the requirement that the licensee of each station maintain independent control over the programming and other operations of its own station. Over the past few years, a number of stations have entered into cooperative arrangements commonly known as joint sales agreements or JSAs. The FCC has determined that where two radio stations are both located in the same market and a party with a cognizable interest in one such station sells more than 15% of the advertising per week of the other station, that party shall be treated as if it has an attributable interest in that brokered station.

 

17


Table of Contents

RF Radiation. In 1985, the FCC adopted rules based on a 1982 American National Standards Institute, or ANSI standard regarding human exposure to levels of radio frequency, or RF, radiation. These rules require applicants for renewal of broadcast licenses or modification of existing licenses to inform the FCC at the time of filing such applications whether an existing broadcast facility would expose people to RF radiation in excess of certain limits. In 1992, ANSI adopted a new standard for RF radiation exposure that, in some respects, was more restrictive in the amount of environmental RF radiation exposure permitted. The FCC has since adopted more restrictive radiation limits which became effective October 15, 1997, and which are based in part on the revised ANSI standard.
Digital Audio Radio Satellite Service. The FCC rules authorize the Digital Audio Radio Satellite Service, also known as DARS, in the 2310-2360 MHz frequency band. The FCC granted two nationwide licenses, one to XM Satellite Radio and a second to Sirius Satellite Radio. In July 2008, the companies merged into Sirius XM Radio, Inc. The satellite radio systems provide multiple channels of audio programming in exchange for the payment of a subscription fee.
Terrestrial Digital Radio. The FCC has approved a technical standard for the provision of “in band, on channel” terrestrial digital radio broadcasting by existing radio broadcasters, and has allowed radio broadcasters to convert to a hybrid mode of digital/analog operation on their existing frequencies. Digital radio provides additional spectrum segmentation for enhanced data services and additional program streams to complement the existing programming service, which permits new business and multicasting opportunities for radio broadcasters. In January 2010, the FCC adopted procedures that allow FM radio stations to significantly increase their digital power levels above those originally permitted in order to improve the digital service these stations provide.
Low Power Radio Broadcast Service. The FCC has adopted rules establishing two classes of a low power radio service, both of which will operate in the existing FM radio band; a primary class with a maximum operating power of 100 watts and a secondary class with a maximum power of 10 watts. These low power radio stations have limited service areas of 3.5 miles and 1 to 2 miles, respectively. Implementation of a low power radio service provides an additional audio programming service that could compete with our radio stations for listeners, but we cannot predict the effect upon us.
Change of Community. The FCC has adopted rules concerning the FM Table of Allotments to allow radio broadcasters to change their community of license more easily. We are evaluating our current licenses to see if a community of license change would be beneficial. We are aware that competitors may use this rule revision to improve their facilities, and other radio operators may use this rule in a way that would make them newly attractive acquisition targets for us.
Cable and Satellite Carriage of Television Broadcast Stations. The Cable Television Consumer Protection and Competition Act of 1992 (the “Cable Act”) and implementing FCC regulations govern the retransmission of commercial television stations by cable television operators. Every three years, each station must elect, with respect to cable systems within its DMA, either “must carry” status, pursuant to which the cable system’s carriage of the station is mandatory, or “retransmission consent,” pursuant to which the station gives up its right to mandatory carriage in order to negotiate consideration in return for consenting to carriage. We have elected “must carry” with respect to our full power television station.
Similarly, federal legislation and FCC rules govern the retransmission of broadcast television stations by DTH satellite operators. DTH satellite operators are required to carry the signals of all local television broadcast stations requesting carriage in local markets in which the DTH satellite operator carries at least one signal pursuant to the statutory local-to-local compulsory copyright license. Every three years, each television station in such markets must elect “must carry” or “retransmission consent” status, in a manner similar to that described above with respect to cable systems.
In June 2009, broadcast television transitioned from analog to digital. As a result of this transition, for a three-year period cable television systems are required to carry must-carry signals in an analog format or, in the case of all-digital cable systems, to provide equipment to down-convert must-carry digital signals for viewing on analog television sets. Cable television systems, with some exceptions, are also required to carry such stations’ high definition signals. DTH satellite carriers are also required, but over a four-year phase-in period, to carry the high definition signals of must-carry stations. Neither cable systems nor DTH satellite carriers are required to carry more than a station’s primary video programming channel. In December 2010, the FCC announced that it planned to launch a rulemaking reviewing the retransmission consent process and specifically the question of what constitutes good faith negotiation by broadcasters and multichannel video programming distributors. The rulemaking has not yet been released, and we cannot predict what impact, if any, the FCC’s proceeding will have on our negotiations with video programming distributors.

 

18


Table of Contents

Digital Television Services. As of June 12, 2009, all full-power broadcast television stations were required to cease broadcasting analog programming and convert to all digital broadcasts. The transition to digital television has improved the technical quality of television signals and provides broadcasters the flexibility to offer new services, including high-definition television, broadband data transmission and additional video streams. Our full-power television and Class A television stations have both completed construction of their DTV facilities and are currently broadcasting solely on their digital channels.
Children’s Television Programming. The FCC has adopted rules on children’s television programming pursuant to the Children’s Television Act of 1990. The rules limit the amount and content of commercial matter that may be shown on television stations during programming designed for children 12 years of age and younger, and require stations to broadcast on their main program stream three hours per week of educational and informational programming (“E/I programming”) designed for children 16 years of age and younger. FCC rules also impose E/I programming requirements on each additional digital multicast program stream transmitted by television stations, with the requirement increasing in proportion to the additional hours of free programming offered on multicast channels. These rules also limit the display during children’s programming of Internet addresses of websites that contain or link to commercial material or that use program characters to sell products.
Sponsorship Identification. Both the Communications Act and the FCC rules generally require that, when payment or other consideration has been received or promised to a broadcast licensee for the airing of program material, the station must disclose that fact and identify who paid or promised to provide the consideration at the time of the airing. The FCC has initiated inquiries against several media companies, including the Company, concerning sponsorship identification practices with respect to the music recording industry. The FCC has also initiated inquiries against several dozen television stations seeking to determine whether their broadcast of “video news releases” (each, a “VNR”) violated the sponsorship identification rules by failing to disclose the source and sponsorship of the VNR materials. VNRs are news stories and feature materials produced by government agencies and commercial entities, among others, for use by broadcasters. The FCC also has under consideration rule-making proceedings concerning sponsorship identification issues, such as product placement. Whether any new regulations are ultimately adopted and, if so, the effect of such rules on our operations cannot currently be determined.
Proposed and Recent Changes. Congress and the FCC continually consider new laws, regulations and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect our operations, ownership and profitability; result in the loss of audience share and advertising revenue; or affect our ability to acquire additional broadcast stations or to finance such acquisitions. We can neither predict what matters might be considered nor judge in advance what impact, if any, the implementation of any of these proposals or changes might have on our business. Such matters may include:
    changes to the license authorization and renewal process;
    proposals to increase regulatory fees or impose spectrum use or other fees on FCC broadcasting licensees;
    changes to the FCC’s equal employment opportunity regulations and other matters relating to the involvement of minorities and women in the broadcasting industry;
    proposals to change rules relating to political broadcasting including proposals to grant free air time to candidates, and other changes regarding program content;
    proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of beer, wine and other alcoholic beverages;
    proposals to restrict or prohibit the advertising of on-line casinos or on-line sports-betting services;
    proposals to require broadcast stations to operate studios in the communities to which they are licensed, which would require construction of new studios, to provide staffing on a 24 hour per day basis, and to increase and/or quantify locally oriented program content and diversity;

 

19


Table of Contents

    technical and frequency allocation matters;
    changes in broadcast, multiple ownership, foreign ownership, cross-ownership and ownership attribution policies;
    proposals to alter provisions of the tax laws affecting broadcast operations and acquisitions;
    proposals to regulate or prohibit payments to stations by independent record promoters, record labels and others for the inclusion of specific content in broadcast programming; and
    proposals to require radio broadcasters to pay royalties to musicians and record labels for the performance of music played on the stations.
Environmental Matters
As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and facilities, we are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business. We cannot assure you, however, that compliance with existing or new environmental laws and regulations will not require us to make significant expenditures of funds.
Management and Personnel
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately 394 full-time employees and 103 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor organization or are covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be satisfactory.
Our business depends upon the efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other key employees, including on-air talent, and our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. The loss of any of these executive officers and key employees, particularly Raúl Alarcón, Jr., Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Available Information
We are subject to the reporting and other information requirements of the Exchange Act. We file reports and other information with the SEC. Such reports and other information filed by us pursuant to the Exchange Act may be inspected and copied at the public reference facility maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. If interested, please call 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains a website on the Internet containing reports, proxy materials, information statements and other items. The Internet website address is http://www.sec.gov.
Our reports, proxy materials, information statements and other information can also be inspected and copied at the offices of the NASDAQ Stock Market, on which our common stock is listed (symbol: SBSA). You can find more information about us at our Internet website located at www.spanishbroadcasting.com and the investor relations section of our website is located at www.spanishbroadcasting.com. Our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, our current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge on our Internet website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC.
The information on our Internet website is not, and shall not be deemed to be part of this report or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC.

 

20


Table of Contents

Item 1A.   Risk Factors
The following discussion of risk factors contains “forward-looking statements,” as discussed in Item 1. “Business”. These risk factors may be important to understanding any statement in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or elsewhere. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below and the other information in connection with evaluating our business and the forward-looking statements in this report. These are not the only risks we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are not aware of or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected and the trading price of our common stock could decline.
The following information should be read in conjunction with Part II, Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”), and the consolidated financial statements and related notes in Part II, Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this report.
Our businesses routinely encounter and address risks, some of which will cause our future results to be different — sometimes materially different — than we presently anticipate. A discussion about important operational risks that our businesses encounter can be found in the MD&A section and in the business descriptions in Item 1. “Business” of this report. Below, we describe certain important operational and strategic risks. Our reactions to material future developments as well as our competitors’ reactions to those developments will affect our future results.
Risks Related to our Indebtedness
Our substantial amount of debt could adversely affect our financial health.
Our consolidated debt is substantial and we are highly leveraged, which could adversely affect our financial condition, limit our ability to grow and compete and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations relating to our Series B preferred stock. As of December 31, 2010, our ratio of total debt to last twelve months Consolidated EBITDA, as defined in our credit agreement governing our first lien credit facility term loan due June 2012 (the “First Lien Credit Facility”) was 8.1 to 1.0. Our substantial level of debt could have several important consequences to the holders of our securities, including the following:
    a significant portion of our net cash flow from operations will be dedicated to servicing our debt obligations and will not be available for operations, future business opportunities or other purposes;
    our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, general corporate or other purposes will be limited;
    our substantial debt could make us more vulnerable to downturns in our business or in the general economy and increases in interest rates, limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures and reduce our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic conditions;
    our substantial debt could place us at a disadvantage compared to our competitors who have less debt; and
    it may be difficult for us to satisfy our obligations relating to our Series B preferred stock.
Our ability to satisfy all of our debt obligations depends upon our future operating performance which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. We believe that our operating cash flow will be sufficient to meet our operating expenses and to service our debt requirements as they become due. However, if we are unable to pay our debts, whether upon acceleration of our debt or in the ordinary course of business, we will be forced to pursue alternative strategies such as selling assets, restructuring or refinance our debt, or seeking additional equity capital. We cannot assure you that we can successfully complete any of these alternative strategies on satisfactory terms or that the approval of the FCC could be obtained on a timely basis, or at all, for the assignment of any of the stations’ licenses in connection with a proposed sale of assets.
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our debt and to make cash dividend payments under our Series B preferred stock. Our ability to generate cash depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.
For the year ended December 31, 2010, we had net cash interest expense of $10.8 million. During 2010, we paid dividends in cash to holders of the Series B preferred stock in an amount equal to $2.4 million. Since October 15, 2008, we have been required to pay dividends in cash on our Series B preferred stock. We did not make the cash dividend payments that would otherwise have been scheduled for July and October of 2009, January, July and October of 2010 and January of 2011. Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt, pay dividends in cash on our Series B preferred stock, repurchase our Series B preferred stock when, and if, we are required to do so and to fund necessary or desired capital expenditures and any future acquisitions, will depend on our ability to generate and maintain cash in the future. Further, our ability to satisfy our obligations, including making the payments described above, and to reduce our total indebtedness will depend upon our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which may be beyond our control.

 

21


Table of Contents

Any acceleration of our debt or event of default would harm our business and financial condition.
If there were an event of default under our or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness, including the First Lien Credit Facility and our other existing debt instruments, the holders of the affected indebtedness could elect to declare all of that indebtedness to be due and payable immediately, which in turn could cause some or all of our or our subsidiaries’ other indebtedness to become due and payable. We cannot assure you that we or our subsidiaries would have sufficient funds available, or that we or our subsidiaries would have access to sufficient capital from other sources, to repay the accelerated debt. Even if we or our subsidiaries could obtain additional financing, we cannot assure you that the terms would be favorable to us. Under the terms of our First Lien Credit Facility and our other existing debt instruments, if the amounts outstanding under our indebtedness were accelerated, our lenders would have the right to foreclose on their liens on substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets (with the exception of our FCC broadcasting licenses held by certain of our subsidiaries, because a grant of a security interest therein would be prohibited by law, and certain general intangibles and fixed assets under particular limited circumstances) and on the stock of our subsidiaries. As a result, any event of default under our material debt instruments could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
Despite our current significant level of debt, we and our subsidiaries may still be able to incur substantially more debt, which, if incurred, could further intensify the risks associated with our substantial leverage.
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Although the terms of our First Lien Credit Facility and our other existing debt instruments restrict our ability to incur additional debt, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions and, under certain circumstances, debt incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. If we or our subsidiaries incur additional debt, the related risks described above that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.
The terms of our existing debt and our preferred stock impose or will impose restrictions on us that may adversely affect our business.
The terms of our Series B preferred stock, our Series C preferred stock (the Series C preferred stock, together with the Series B preferred stock, the “Preferred Stock”) and our First Lien Credit Facility contain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability to:
    incur additional debt, incur contingent obligations and issue additional preferred stock;
    redeem or repurchase securities ranking junior to our Series B preferred stock;
    create liens and encumbrances;
    pay dividends, distributions or make other specified restricted payments, and restrict the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
    sell assets;
    make certain capital expenditures, investments and acquisitions;
    change or add lines of business;
    enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
    enter into sale and leaseback transactions;
    issue capital stock or other equity interests;
   
sell capital stock of our subsidiaries; and
   
merge or consolidate with any other person, company or other entity or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all, or substantially all, of our assets.

 

22


Table of Contents

The terms of the First Lien Credit Facility and Series B preferred stock also require us to satisfy certain financial conditions, which could materially and adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs and to engage in other business activities that may be in our best interest. All of these covenants may restrict our ability to expand or to pursue our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by our future operating performance and economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which may be beyond our control. If one or more of these events occur, we cannot assure you that we will be able to comply with the covenants. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default under one or more of our debt instruments.
If an event of default occurs under the First Lien Credit Facility, the lenders and/or the noteholders could elect to declare all amounts of debt outstanding, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. In addition, there are change of control provisions in the First Lien Credit Facility and the certificates of designations governing our Series B preferred stock, each of which would cause an acceleration of the applicable indebtedness and/or require us to make an offer to repurchase the Series B preferred stock in the event that we experience a change of control.
We may not have the funds or the ability to raise the funds necessary to repurchase our Series B preferred stock if holders exercise their repurchase right, or to finance the change of control offer required by our Series B preferred stock.
On October 15, 2013, each holder of Series B preferred stock will have the right to require us to redeem all or a portion of the Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends to the date of repurchase. In addition, if we experience certain kinds of changes of control as described in the certificate of designations creating the Series B preferred stock, subject to certain restrictions in our debt instruments, we will be required to make an offer to purchase the Series B preferred stock for cash at a purchase price of 101% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated dividends. The source of funds for any such repurchases would be our available cash, cash generated from operations or other sources, including borrowings, sales of equity or funds provided by a new controlling person or entity. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient funds available to us on favorable terms, or at all, to repurchase all tendered Series B preferred stock, pursuant to these requirements. Our failure to offer to repurchase or to repurchase Series B preferred stock would result in a voting rights triggering event under the certificate of designations governing our Series B preferred stock, which permits the holders of Series B preferred stock to elect two members to the Company’s Board of Directors. Our First Lien Credit Facility currently limits our ability to purchase any of our Series B preferred stock. Prior to repurchasing our Series B preferred stock, on a change of control event, we must either repay outstanding debt under our First Lien Credit Facility or obtain the consent of the lenders under such facility. If we do not obtain the required consents or repay our outstanding debt under our First Lien Credit Facility, we would remain effectively prohibited from offering to repurchase our Series B preferred stock.
We may not have the funds or the ability to obtain additional financing for working capital, capital expenditures, any business strategy or other general corporate purposes.
We believe we have sufficient cash available to fund our operations and to support our acquisition business strategy. We may need additional financing due to future developments or changes in our business plan. We may need to rely on cash from operations to support our capital expenditures and acquisition business strategy. In addition, our actual funding requirements could vary materially from our current estimates. If additional financing is needed, we may not be able to raise sufficient funds on favorable terms or at all. If we fail to obtain any necessary financing on a timely basis, a number of adverse effects could occur.

 

23


Table of Contents

A lowering of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by ratings agencies may further increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
Our debt ratings are below the “investment grade” category, which results in higher borrowing costs. There can be no assurance that our debt ratings will not be lowered in the future by a rating agency. A lowering in the rating may further increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.
Capital requirements necessary to implement strategic initiatives could pose risks.
The purchase price of possible acquisitions and/or other strategic initiatives could require additional debt or equity financing on our part. Since the terms and availability of this financing depend to a large degree upon general economic conditions and third parties over which we have no control, we can give no assurance that we will obtain the needed financing or that we will obtain such financing on attractive terms. In addition, our ability to obtain financing depends on a number of other factors, many of which are also beyond our control, such as interest rates and national and local business conditions. If the cost of obtaining needed financing is too high or the terms of such financing are otherwise unacceptable in relation to the strategic opportunity we are presented with, we may decide to forego that opportunity. Additional indebtedness could increase our leverage and make us more vulnerable to economic downturns and may limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures. Additional equity financing could result in dilution to our shareholders.
Risks Related to our Business
If U.S. economic conditions deteriorate or do not improve, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Revenue generated by our media broadcasting stations depends primarily upon the sale of advertising. Our operating results have been adversely affected by the recession and lack of a major recovery in the United States economy since advertising expenditures, which we believe to be largely a discretionary business expense, generally decrease as the economy slows down. As a result of the adverse impact on the general economic activity in the United States, advertising revenues have also declined due to advertising cancellations and delays or defaults in payment for advertising time. While the condition of the U.S. economy appears to be improving, if it does not continue to improve or it begins to deteriorate, our results of operations will be adversely affected.
Furthermore, because a substantial portion of our revenue is derived from local advertisers, our ability to generate advertising revenue in specific markets is directly affected by local or regional economic conditions. A concentration of stations in any particular market intensifies our exposure to regional economic declines. We are particularly dependent on advertising revenue from the New York, Los Angeles and Miami markets, which accounted for more than 70% of our revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010. An economic decline in any of these markets could adversely impact our cash flow and results of operations.
In addition, some of our advertisers and clients could experience serious cash flow problems due to the economic downturn. As a result, they may attempt to increase their prices, pass through increased costs or alter payment terms. Our advertisers may be forced to reduce their production, shut down their operations or file for bankruptcy protection, which could have a material adverse affect on our business. While these difficult economic conditions appear to be improving, there is no guarantee that they will continue to improve in the future, and any continuation or worsening of the credit markets, or even the fear of such a development, could intensify the adverse effects of these difficult market conditions on our results of operations. We have experienced a decline in the level of business activity of our advertisers which has and could continue to have an adverse effect on our revenues and profit margins.
Even in the absence of a general recession or downturn in the economy, an individual business sector that tends to spend more on advertising than other sectors might be forced to reduce its advertising expenditures if that sector experiences a downturn. If that sector’s spending represents a significant portion of our advertising revenues, any reduction in its expenditures may affect our revenue.
We have experienced net losses in the past and, to the extent that we experience net losses in the future, our ability to raise capital and the market price of our common stock may be adversely affected.
We may not achieve sustained profitability. Failure to achieve sustained profitability may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, which in turn may adversely affect our ability to raise additional equity capital and to incur additional debt. Our inability to obtain financing in adequate amounts and on acceptable terms necessary to operate our business, repay our debt obligations or finance our proposed acquisitions could negatively impact our financial position and results of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents

We compete for advertising revenue with other broadcast stations, as well as other media, many operators of which have greater resources than we do.
The success of our stations is primarily dependent upon their share of overall advertising revenues within their markets, especially in New York, Los Angeles, and Miami. Our broadcast stations compete in their respective markets for audiences and advertising revenues with other broadcast stations of all formats, as well as with other media, such as newspapers, magazines, television, satellite radio, cable services, outdoor advertising, the Internet and direct mail. In addition, a new electronic audience measurement technology, the Arbitron® Portable People Meter TM, was introduced in all of our radio markets, excluding Puerto Rico. We are monitoring the effects of this new ratings system on a continuous basis and are ascertaining the impact the Arbitron® Portable People Meter TM has had on ratings and advertising sales in the markets in which we operate. Our stations’ audience ratings, market shares and advertising revenues may decline and any adverse change in a particular market could have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of our business as a whole.
Although we believe that each of our broadcast stations is able to compete effectively in its respective market, we cannot assure you that any station will be able to maintain or increase its current audience ratings and advertising revenues. Specifically, radio stations can change formats quickly. Any other radio station currently broadcasting could shift its format to duplicate the format of, or develop a format which is more popular than, any of our stations. If a station converts its programming to a format similar to that of one of our stations, or if one of our competitors strengthens its operations, the ratings and station operating income of our station in that market could be adversely affected. In addition, other radio companies which are larger and have more resources may also enter markets in which we operate.
A large portion of our net revenue and operating income currently comes from our New York, Los Angeles, and Miami markets.
Our New York, Los Angeles and Miami markets accounted for more than 70% of our revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010. Therefore, any volatility in our revenues or operating income attributable to stations in these markets could have a significant adverse effect on our consolidated net revenues or operating income. A significant decline in net revenue or operating income from our stations in any of these markets could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.
Since our revenues are concentrated in these markets, an economic downturn, increased competition, or another significant negative event in any of these markets could reduce our revenues and results of operations more dramatically than other companies that do not depend as much on these markets.
Cancellations or reductions in advertising could adversely affect our net revenues.
We do not generally obtain long-term commitments from our advertisers. As a result, our advertisers may cancel, reduce or postpone orders. Cancellations, reductions or delays in purchases of advertising could adversely affect our net revenues, especially if we are unable to replace these purchases. Our expense levels are based, in part, on expected future net revenues and are relatively fixed once set. Therefore, unforeseen decreases in advertising sales could have a material adverse impact on our net revenues and operating income.
The success of our television operation depends upon our ability to attract viewers and advertisers to our broadcast television operation.
We cannot assure you that we will be able to attract viewers and advertisers to our broadcast television operation. If we cannot attract viewers, our television operation may suffer from low ratings, which in turn may deter potential advertisers. The inability to successfully attract viewers and advertisers may adversely affect our revenue and operating results for our television operation. Television programming is a highly competitive business. Television stations compete in their respective markets for audiences and advertising revenues with other stations and larger, more established networks. As a result of this competition, our rating share may not grow and an adverse change in our local markets could have a material adverse impact on the revenue of our television operation.
Our industry is subject to technological changes and, if we are unable to match or surpass such change, it may result in a loss of competitive advantage and market opportunity. The success of the television operation is largely dependent on certain factors, such as the extent of distribution of the developed programming, the ability to attract viewers, advertisers and acquire programming, and the market and advertiser acceptance of our programming. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in our initiative or that such initiatives will generate revenues or ultimately be profitable.

 

25


Table of Contents

Our growth depends on successfully executing our expansion strategy.
We have pursued, and will continue to pursue, the expansion of our media business, through acquisitions and affiliations, primarily in the largest U.S. Hispanic markets, as a growth strategy. We cannot assure you that our growth strategy will be successful. Our growth strategy is subject to a number of risks, including, but not limited to:
   
the limits on our ability to acquire additional stations due to our substantial level of debt;
   
the need to raise additional financing, which may be limited by the terms of our debt instruments and market conditions;
   
the failure to increase our station operating income or yield other anticipated benefits for future acquired stations;
   
the need for required regulatory approvals, including FCC and antitrust approvals;
   
the challenges of managing any rapid growth; and
   
the difficulties of programming newly acquired stations to attract listenership or viewership.
In addition, we may finance acquisitions with the issuance, or through sales of, our common stock in the public market which could adversely affect our stock price, due to dilution, and our ability to raise funds necessary to grow our business through additional stock offerings.
Although we intend to pursue additional strategic acquisitions, our ability to do so is significantly restricted by the terms of the First Lien Credit Facility, the certificates of designations governing our Preferred Stock and our ability to raise additional funds. Additionally, our competitors, who may have greater resources than we do, may have an advantage over us in pursuing and completing strategic acquisitions.
Our business is dependent upon the performance of key employees, on-air talent and program hosts.
Our business depends upon the efforts, abilities and expertise of our executive officers and other key employees, including on-air talent, and our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel. We employ or independently contract with several on-air personalities and hosts with significant loyal audiences in their respective markets. Although we have entered into long-term agreements with some of our executive officers, key on-air talent and program hosts to protect our interests in those relationships, we can give no assurance that all or any of these key employees will remain with us or will retain their audiences. Competition for these individuals is intense and many of our key employees are at-will employees who are under no legal obligation to remain with us. Our competitors may choose to extend offers to any of these individuals on terms which we may be unwilling to meet. In addition, any or all of our key employees may decide to leave for a variety of personal or other reasons beyond our control. Furthermore, the popularity and audience loyalty of our key on-air talent and program hosts is highly sensitive to rapidly changing public tastes. A loss of such popularity or audience loyalty is beyond our control and could limit our ability to generate ratings and revenues.
The loss of any of these executive officers and key employees, particularly Raúl Alarcón, Jr., Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, could have a material adverse effect on our business. We do not maintain key man life insurance on any of our personnel.
Increased programming and content costs may adversely affect our profits.
We produce and acquire programming and content and incur costs for all types of creative talent, including actors, authors, writers and producers. An increase in the costs of such programming and content or in the costs for creative talent may lead to decreased profitability.

 

26


Table of Contents

Piracy of our programming and other content, including digital and internet piracy, may decrease revenue received from the exploitation of our programming and other content and adversely affect our businesses and profitability.
Piracy of programming is prevalent in many parts of the world and is made easier by technological advances allowing conversion of programming and other content into digital formats, which facilitates the creation, transmission and sharing of high quality unauthorized copies of our content. The proliferation of unauthorized copies and piracy of these products has an adverse effect on our businesses and profitability because these products reduce the revenue that we potentially could receive from the legitimate sale and distribution of our products and services.
We may be adversely affected by the occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks or natural disasters.
The occurrence of extraordinary events, such as terrorist attacks, natural disasters, intentional or unintentional mass casualty incidents or similar events may substantially impact our operations in specific geographic areas, as well as nationally, and it may decrease the use of and demand for advertising, which may decrease our revenues or expose us to substantial liability. The September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks, for example, caused a nationwide disruption of commercial activities. The occurrence of future terrorist attacks, military actions by the U.S., contagious disease outbreaks or other unforeseen similar events cannot be predicted, and their occurrence can be expected to further negatively affect the economies where we do business generally and specifically, as well as the market for advertising. In addition, natural disasters, such as hurricanes or earthquakes, could adversely impact any one or more of the markets where we do business.
Risks Related to Legislative and Regulatory Matters
Changes in U.S. communications laws or other regulations may have an adverse effect on the company’s business.
The television and radio broadcasting and distribution industries in the U.S. are highly regulated by U.S. federal laws and regulations issued and administered by various federal agencies, including the FCC. The television and radio broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act. For example, we are required to obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our radio and television stations. We cannot assure you that the FCC will approve our future renewal applications or that the renewals will be for full terms or will not include conditions or qualifications. The non-renewal, or renewal with substantial conditions or modifications, of one or more of our licenses could have a material adverse effect on our revenues.
We must also comply with extensive FCC regulations and policies in the ownership and operation of our television and radio stations and our television network. FCC regulations limit the number of television and radio stations that a licensee can own in a market and the number of television stations that can be owned nationwide. Under the Cable Act, every three years each broadcast station is required to elect to exercise the right, either to require cable television system operators in its local market to carry its signal, or to prohibit cable carriage or condition it upon payment of a fee or other consideration. Under these “must carry” provisions of the Cable Act, a broadcaster may demand carriage on a specific channel on cable systems within its market. These “must carry” rights are not absolute, and under some circumstances, a cable system may be entitled not to carry a given station. Under current FCC rules, cable systems and direct broadcast satellite, or DBS, will also be required to carry our post-transition digital signal. The FCC’s current rules require cable and DBS operators to carry only one channel of the digital signal of our television stations, despite the capability of digital broadcasters to broadcast multiple program streams within one station’s digital allotment.
The U.S. Congress and the FCC currently have under consideration, and may in the future adopt, new laws, regulations, and policies regarding a wide variety of matters that could, directly or indirectly, affect the operation and ownership of our radio and television properties. For example, from time to time, proposals have been advanced in the U.S. Congress and at the FCC to require radio and television broadcast stations to provide advertising time to political candidates for free or at a reduced charge. Any restrictions on political advertising may adversely affect our advertising revenues. The FCC has initiated a proceeding to examine and potentially regulate more closely embedded advertising such as product placement and product integration. Enhanced restrictions affecting these means of delivering advertising messages may adversely affect our advertising revenues. Changes to the media ownership and other FCC rules may affect the competitive landscape in ways that could increase the competition faced by us. We are unable to predict the effect that any such laws, regulations or policies may have on our operations.

 

27


Table of Contents

The FCC’s National Broadband Plan may result in a loss of spectrum for our stations and potentially adversely impact our ability to compete.
In March 2010, the FCC delivered its National Broadband Plan to Congress. The Plan reviews the nation’s broadband infrastructure and recommends a number of initiatives designed to spur broadband deployment and use. In an effort to make available more spectrum for wireless broadband services, the Broadband Plan proposes to recapture and reallocate certain spectrum including 120 megahertz of broadcast spectrum, by incentivizing current private-sector spectrum holders to return some of their spectrum to the government by 2015 through such initiatives as voluntary spectrum auctions (with current licensees permitted to share in the auction proceeds) and “repacking” of channel assignments to increase efficient spectrum usage. If voluntary measures fail to provide the amount of spectrum the FCC considers necessary for wireless broadband deployment, the Broadband Plan proposes various mandates to reclaim spectrum, such as forced channel sharing. In November 2010, the FCC issued rulemakings containing proposals that would enable wireless providers to have equal access to broadcast spectrum that could be made available through spectrum auctions as well as proposals to enable TV stations to voluntarily combine operations on a single TV channel. Proposals to permit voluntary spectrum auctions would require Congressional action. At this time we cannot predict the timing or outcome of implementation of the Broadband Plan or its effect on our television stations.
The failure or destruction of satellites and transmitter facilities that we depend upon to distribute our programming could materially adversely affect our business and results of operation.
We use studios, satellite systems, transmitter facilities and the Internet to originate and/or distribute our station programs and network programs and commercials to affiliates. We rely on third-party contracts and services to operate our origination and distribution facilities. These third-party contracts and services include, but are not limited to, electrical power, satellite transponders, uplinks and downlinks and telecom circuits. Distribution may be disrupted due to one or more third parties losing their ability to provide particular services to us, which could adversely affect our distribution capabilities. A disruption can be caused as a result of any number of events such as local disasters (accidental or environmental), various acts of terrorism, power outages, major telecom connectivity failures or satellite failures. Our ability to distribute programming to station audience and/or network affiliates may be disrupted for an undetermined period of time until alternate facilities are engaged and put on-line. Furthermore, until third-party services resume, the inability to originate or distribute programming could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Proposed legislation requires radio broadcasters to pay royalties to record labels and recording artists.
Legislation was introduced in the last Congressional session that would require radio broadcasters to pay a royalty to record labels and performing artists for use of their recorded songs. The legislation failed to pass but is expected to be reintroduced in the next Congress. Currently, we pay royalties to song composers and publishers through Broadcast Music, Inc., the American Society of Composers, Authors and Publishers and SESAC, Inc. The proposed legislation would add an additional layer of royalties to be paid directly to the record labels and artists. In addition, radio and recording industry representatives have entered into negotiations which may result in an agreement to resolve the performance fee issue. It is currently unknown what proposed legislation, if any, will become law, whether industry groups will enter into an agreement with respect to fees, and what significance this royalty would have on our results from operations, cash flows or financial position.

 

28


Table of Contents

We must be able to respond to rapidly changing technology, services and standards which characterize our industry in order to remain competitive.
The radio broadcasting industry is subject to technological change, evolving industry standards and the emergence of new media technologies and services. For example, the FCC has implemented new technologies in the broadcast industry, including satellite, and is considering introducing terrestrial delivery of digital audio broadcasting, and the standardization of available technologies which significantly enhance the sound quality of AM and FM broadcasts. In some cases, our ability to compete will be dependent on our acquisition of new technologies and our provision of new services, and we cannot assure you that we will have the resources to acquire those new technologies or provide those new services; in other cases, the introduction of new technologies and services could increase competition and have an adverse effect on our revenue. Recent new media technologies and services include the following:
   
audio programming by cable television operators, direct broadcast satellite systems, personal communications and wireless systems, Internet content providers and other digital audio broadcast formats;
   
the Internet offers new, diverse and evolving forms of video and audio program distribution;
 
   
direct satellite broadcast television companies are supplying subscribers with several high quality music channels;
   
satellite digital audio radio technology has resulted in new satellite radio services with multi-channel programming and enhanced sound quality;
   
the introduction of in-band on-channel digital radio provides multi-channel, multi-format digital radio services in the same bandwidth currently occupied by traditional AM and FM radio services;
   
the provision of video programming to cellular telephones, digital handheld devices and gaming consoles; and
   
low power FM radio, which could result in additional FM radio broadcast stations in markets where we have stations.
We also cannot assure you that we will continue to have the resources to acquire other new technologies or to introduce new services that could compete with other new technologies. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that competition arising from new technologies may have on the radio broadcasting industry or on our business.
Impairment of our goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives can cause our net income or net loss to fluctuate significantly.
As of December 31, 2010, we had approximately $346.6 million of unamortized intangible assets, including goodwill of $32.8 million and FCC broadcasting licenses of $313.8 million on our consolidated balance sheets. These unamortized intangible assets represented approximately 73% of our total assets. Accounting standards require that goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have indefinite useful lives, such as FCC broadcasting licenses, cease to be amortized. Accounting standards require that goodwill and certain intangible assets be tested at least annually for impairment. If we find that the carrying value of goodwill or FCC broadcasting licenses exceeds its fair value, we will reduce the carrying value of the goodwill or intangible asset to the fair value, and will recognize an impairment loss in our results of operations.
We currently account for our FCC broadcasting licenses as indefinite lived assets. In the event we are no longer able to conclude that our FCC broadcasting licenses have indefinite lives, we may be required to amortize such licenses. The amortization of our FCC broadcasting licenses would affect our earnings and earnings per share.
The impairment tests require us to make estimates of the fair value of our intangible assets, which is determined by using a discounted cash flow methodology. Since a number of factors may influence the fair value of our intangible assets, we are unable to predict whether impairments of goodwill or other indefinite lived intangibles will occur in the future. Any such impairment would result in our recognizing a corresponding operating loss, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The FCC has begun more vigorous enforcement of its indecency and other program content rules against the broadcast industry, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
The FCC’s rules and regulations prohibit the broadcast of obscene material at any time and indecent material between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 10:00 p.m. Broadcasters risk violating the prohibition against broadcasting indecent material because of the vagueness of the FCC’s indecency/profanity definition, coupled with the spontaneity of live programming. The FCC in the last few years has stepped up its enforcement activities as they apply to indecency and has threatened on more than one occasion to initiate license revocation or license renewal proceedings against a broadcast licensee who commits a “serious” indecency violation. The FCC has substantially increased its monetary penalties for violations of these regulations pursuant to law enacted in 2006 that provides the FCC with authority to impose fines of up to $325,000 per incident or profane utterance with a maximum forfeiture exposure of $3.0 million for any continuing violation arising from a single act or failure to act. Moreover, the FCC has in some instances imposed separate fines for each allegedly indecent “utterance,” in contrast with its previous policy, which generally considered all indecent words or phrases within a given program as constituting a single violation. In addition, the FCC’s heightened focus on the indecency regulatory scheme against the broadcast industry generally, may encourage third parties to oppose our license renewal applications or applications for consent to acquire broadcast stations. We have in the past been the subject and may in the future become subject to additional inquiries or proceedings related to our stations’ broadcast of indecent or obscene material. To the extent that these pending inquiries or other proceedings result in the imposition of fines, revocation of any of our station licenses or denials of license renewal applications, our results of operations and business could be materially adversely affected. We also face increased potential costs in the form of fines for indecency violations, and we cannot predict whether Congress will consider or adopt further legislation in this area.

 

29


Table of Contents

Our operation of various real properties and station facilities could lead to environmental liability and increased compliance costs.
As the owner, lessee or operator of various real properties and station facilities, we are subject to various federal, state and local compliance and environmental laws and regulations. Historically, compliance with these laws and regulations has not had a material adverse effect on our business. However, there can be no assurance that compliance with existing or new laws and regulations will not require us to make significant expenditures of funds.
The market price of our shares of Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly.
Our Class A common stock has been publicly traded since November 1999. The market price for our Class A common stock has been subject to fluctuations since the date of our initial public offering. The stock market has from time to time experienced price and volume fluctuations, which have often been unrelated to the operating performance of the affected companies. We believe that the principal factors that may cause price fluctuations in our shares of Class A common stock are, but not limited to:
   
fluctuations in our financial results;
   
general conditions or developments in the media broadcasting industry and other media, and the national and regional economies;
   
significant sales of our common stock into and/or in the marketplace;
   
significant decreases in our stations’ audience ratings;
   
inability to implement our expansion and operating strategy;
   
a shortfall in revenue, gross margin, earnings or other financial results from operations or changes in analysts’ expectations; and
   
developments in our relationships with our customers and suppliers.
We cannot assure you that the market price of our Class A common stock will not experience significant fluctuations in the future, including fluctuations that are adverse and unrelated to our operating performance.
The liquidity of our common stock could be adversely affected if we are delisted from the NASDAQ Global Market.
Our Class A common stock is presently quoted on the NASDAQ Global Market. To maintain our listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, we must satisfy certain continued listing standards. On October 12, 2010, we received a written deficiency notice from The NASDAQ Stock Market advising us that the closing bid price of our Class A common stock for the previous 30 consecutive business days had been below the minimum $1.00 per share required for continued listing on the NASDAQ Global Market pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(a)(1).
Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we have been provided an initial grace period of 180 calendar days, or until April 11, 2011, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. The Notice further provides that NASDAQ will provide written confirmation stating that we have achieved compliance with the Rule if at any time before April 11, 2011, the bid price of the our Class A common stock closes at $1.00 per share or more for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days. If we do not regain compliance with the Rule by April 11, 2011, NASDAQ will provide to us written notification that our Class A common stock is subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Market, at which time we will have an opportunity to appeal the determination to a NASDAQ Hearings Panel.

 

30


Table of Contents

Failing to regain compliance with the Rule will cause our Class A common stock to be delisted. In addition, while we believe that we currently meet all other listing requirements of the NASDAQ, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market in the future. Delisting from NASDAQ would make trading our Class A common stock more difficult for investors, potentially leading to further declines in our share price. Without a NASDAQ listing, stockholders may have a difficult time getting a quote for the sale or purchase of our Class A common stock, the sale or purchase of our Class A common stock would likely be made more difficult and the trading volume and liquidity of our Class A common stock would likely decline. Delisting from NASDAQ would also result in negative publicity and would also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital. The absence of such a listing may adversely affect the acceptance of our Class A common stock as currency or the value accorded by other parties. Further, if we are delisted, we would also incur additional costs under state blue sky laws in connection with any sales of our securities. These requirements could severely limit the market liquidity of our Class A common stock and the ability of our stockholders to sell our Class A common stock in the secondary market.
If our Class A common stock is delisted by NASDAQ, our Class A common stock may be eligible to trade on the OTC Bulletin Board, an over-the-counter quotation system, or on the pink sheets where an investor may find it more difficult to dispose of or obtain accurate quotations as to the market value of our Class A common stock. We cannot assure you that our Class A common stock, if delisted from the NASDAQ Global Market, will be listed on a national securities exchange, a national quotation service, the OTC Bulletin Board or the pink sheets.
Current or future sales by existing stockholders could depress the market price of our Class A common stock.
The market price of our Class A common stock could drop as a result of sales of a large number of shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock (convertible into Class A common stock) by our existing stockholders or the perception that these sales may occur. These factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our Class A common stock.
Our failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could cause a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements and could have a material adverse effect on our business and the price of our Class A common stock.
We have undergone a comprehensive effort to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Pursuant to Section 404, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC to implement Section 404, we are required to furnish a report by our management to include in our annual report on Form 10-K regarding the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. This effort included documenting and testing our internal controls. As of December 31, 2010, we did not identify any material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting as defined by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. In future years, there can be no assurance that we will not have material weaknesses that would be required to be reported. If we are unable to assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective in any future period (or if our independent registered public accounting firm was unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls), we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which would have a material adverse impact on our business and possibly, the price of our Class A common stock.
Risks related to our Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, and President’s Controlling Position
Raúl Alarcón, Jr., the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, has majority voting control and this control may discourage or influence certain types of transactions, including an actual or potential change of control such as a merger or sale.
Raúl Alarcón, Jr., Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, beneficially owns shares of common stock representing approximately 80% of the combined voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, Mr. Alarcón, Jr. will generally have the ability to control the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of our entire board of directors, the approval of any merger or consolidation and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, Mr. Alarcón Jr.’s voting power may have the effect of discouraging offers to acquire us because any such acquisition would require his consent.

 

31


Table of Contents

We cannot assure you that Mr. Alarcón, Jr. will maintain all or any portion of his ownership or that he would continue as an officer or director if he sold a significant part of his stock. The disposition by Mr. Alarcón, Jr. of a sufficient number of shares could result in a change in control of our company, and we cannot assure you that a change of control would not adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. As noted above, it could also result in a default under our credit agreement, could trigger a variety of federal, state and local regulatory consent requirements and potentially limit our utilization of net operating losses for income tax purposes.
We may be influenced by the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President, whose interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.
Mr. Alarcón, Jr. beneficially owns approximately 80% of the total voting power of our outstanding common stock. As such, he may be able to:
   
influence the election of our Board of Directors;
   
influence our management and policies; and
   
influence the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including mergers, consolidations and the sale of all or substantially all of our assets.
Under Delaware law, although our directors and officers have a duty of loyalty to SBS, transactions that we enter into in which a director or officer has a conflict of interest are generally permissible so long as the material facts as to the director’s or officer’s relationship or interest as to the transaction are disclosed to our Board of Directors and a majority of our disinterested directors approves the transaction, or the transaction is otherwise fair to us.
Future common stock sales by Raúl Alarcón, Jr. could adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock.
The price for our Class A common stock could substantially fluctuate if Mr. Alarcón, Jr. sells large amounts of shares in the public market, including any shares of our Class B common stock, which are automatically converted to Class A common stock when sold. These sales, or the possibility of such sales, could make it more difficult for us to raise capital by selling equity or equity-related securities in the future.
Item 1B.  
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
Item 2.  
Properties
Each of our media segments requires offices, broadcasting studios, and transmission facilities to support our operations. Our corporate headquarters are located at 2601 South Bayshore Drive, Coconut Grove, Florida, where we rented executive offices in space formerly indirectly owned by Raúl Alarcón, Jr. The lease expires in 2015, with the right to renew for two consecutive five-year terms thereafter. In January 2011, Raúl Alarcón, Jr. sold the leased space to Agave Acquisitions, LLC and transferred all of its rights and obligations.

 

32


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2010, the principal buildings owned or leased by us and used primarily by our radio and television segments are described below:
                         
    Aggregate size                
    of property in             Lease  
    square feet     Owned or     expiration  
Location   (approximate)(1)     leased     date  
 
New York, NY (2)
    12,100     Owned     N/A  
Los Angeles, CA (3)
    40,000     Owned     N/A  
Miami, FL (4)
    12,100     Leased     2012  
Miami, FL (5)
    70,000     Owned     N/A  
Miami, FL (6)
    15,000     Leased     2015  
Guaynabo, PR (7)
    29,000     Owned     N/A  
 
     
(1)  
Excludes properties less than 12,000 square feet.
 
(2)  
Facility used for the offices and studios for our New York radio stations and certain internet and television operations.
 
(3)  
Facility used for the offices and studios for our Los Angeles radio stations and certain internet and television operations.
 
(4)  
Facility was used for the offices and studios of the Miami radio stations.
 
(5)  
Facility is used as the principal site for our television, internet and Miami radio studios production, operation, and sales offices.
 
(6)  
Building includes corporate offices and sales space.
 
(7)  
Facility is used for the offices, operations and studios of the Puerto Rico broadcast stations.
In addition, we own the transmitter sites for five of our eleven radio stations in Puerto Rico. We also own a tower site in Signal Hill, California where we lease space to a public broadcast station and other members of the telecommunications industry.
We lease (i) all of our other transmitter sites, with lease terms that expire between 2010 and 2044, assuming all renewal options are exercised, and (ii) the office and studio facilities for our radio stations in Chicago and San Francisco.
We recently completed a transmitter move in San Francisco from San Leandro to San Bruno for KRZZ. This transmitter move has resulted in improved coverage.
We lease backup transmitter facilities for our stations WSKQ-FM and WPAT-FM in New York, KLAX-FM and KXOL-FM in Los Angeles, WLEY-FM in Chicago, WRMA-FM, WCMQ-FM and WXDJ-FM in Miami, and KRZZ-FM in San Francisco.
We own the back-up transmitter site in San Juan, Puerto Rico for the five radio stations covering the San Juan metropolitan area.
These backup transmitter facilities are a significant part of our disaster recovery plan to continue broadcasting to the public and to maintain our stations’ revenue streams in the event of an emergency. We have implemented a backup studio site for KRZZ-FM serving the San Francisco market in San Jose.
We own most of the properties used for the operations of our television stations. These properties include offices, studios, master control, and production facilities located in Miami, New York, Los Angeles and Puerto Rico. We lease a combined studio and tower site in Key West, Florida for WSBS-TV and a transmitter site for WSBS-CA, in Pembroke Park.

 

33


Table of Contents

The studio, office, and transmitter sites of our media stations are vital to our overall operation. Management believes that our properties are in good condition and are suitable for our operations. We, however, continually assess the need to upgrade and to improve our properties and facilities.
See Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.
Item 3.  
Legal Proceedings
From time to time we are involved in various routine legal and administrative proceedings and litigation incidental to the conduct of our business, such as contractual matters and employee-related matters. In the opinion of management, such litigation is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
Wolf, et al., Litigation
On November 28, 2001, a complaint was filed against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the “Southern District of New York”) and was amended on April 19, 2002. The amended complaint alleges that the named plaintiff, Mitchell Wolf, purchased shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the October 27, 1999 prospectus and registration statement relating to our initial public offering, which closed on November 2, 1999 (the “IPO”). The complaint was brought on behalf of Mr. Wolf and an alleged class of similarly situated purchasers against us, eight underwriters and/or their successors-in-interest who led or otherwise participated in our IPO, two members of our senior management team, one of whom is the Chairman of our Board of Directors, and an additional director (collectively, the “Individual Defendants”). The complaint was never served upon the Individual Defendants.
This case is one of more than 300 similar cases brought by similar counsel against more than 300 issuers, 40 underwriters and 1,000 individual defendants alleging, in general, violations of federal securities laws in connection with initial public offerings, in particular, failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly solicited and received additional, excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which they allocated to those investors material portions of the restricted shares issued in connection with each offering. All of these cases, including the one involving us, have been assigned for consolidated pretrial purposes to one judge of the Southern District of New York. The issuer defendants in the consolidated cases (collectively, the “Issuer Defendants”) filed motions to dismiss the consolidated cases. These motions to dismiss covered issues common among all Issuer Defendants and issues common among all underwriter defendants (collectively, the “Underwriter Defendants”) in the consolidated cases. As a result of these motions, the Individual Defendants were dismissed from one of the claims against them, specifically the Section 10b-5 claim. On September 21, 2007, Kaye Scholer LLP, on behalf of the Individual Defendants, executed a tolling agreement with plaintiffs providing for the dismissal without prejudice of all claims against the Individual Defendants upon the provision to plaintiffs of documentation showing that SBS has entity coverage for the period in question. Documentation of such coverage was subsequently provided to plaintiffs on December 19, 2007.
On October 13, 2004, the Southern District of New York granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in six “focus cases” out of the more than 300 consolidated class actions. The Company was not named in any of the six “focus cases.” On August 31, 2005, the Southern District of New York issued an order of preliminary approval of a settlement proposal among the investors in the plaintiff class, the Issuer Defendants (including us) and the Issuer Defendants’ insurance carriers (the “Issuers Settlement”). The principal components of the Issuers Settlement were: (1) a release of all claims against the Issuer Defendants and their directors, officers and certain other related parties arising out of the alleged wrongful conduct in the amended complaint; (2) the assignment to the plaintiffs of certain of the Issuer Defendants’ potential claims against the Underwriters; and (3) a guarantee by the insurers to the plaintiffs of the difference between $1.0 billion and any lesser amount recovered by the plaintiffs from the Underwriter Defendants. The payments were to be charged to each Issuer Defendant’s insurance policy on a pro rata basis. The plaintiffs appealed the Issuers Settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit (the “Second Circuit”).
On December 5, 2006, the Second Circuit reversed the order, holding that plaintiffs could not satisfy the predominance requirement for a Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23(b)(3) class action. On June 25, 2007, in light of the Second Circuit’s reversal of the class certification order and its subsequent denial of plaintiffs’ petition for a rehearing or rehearing en banc, the Southern District of New York entered a stipulation between plaintiffs and the Issuer Defendants, terminating the proposed Issuers Settlement which the Southern District of New York had preliminarily approved on August 31, 2005.

 

34


Table of Contents

On August 14, 2007, plaintiffs filed amended complaints in the six “focus cases” and amended master allegations in the consolidated actions. On November 13, 2007, the Underwriter Defendants and Issuer Defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaints in the six “focus cases.” On March 26, 2008, the Southern District of New York granted in part the motion as to a subset of plaintiffs’ Section 11 claims (alleging civil liabilities on account of false registration statements), but denied the motion as to plaintiffs’ other claims.
On September 27, 2007, plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for class certification with respect to the six focus cases, based on newly proposed class definitions. On October 10, 2008, at plaintiffs’ request, the Southern District of New York ordered the withdrawal without prejudice of plaintiffs’ renewed motion, which had been fully briefed and was sub judice.
On January 7, 2008, the Underwriter Defendants filed a motion (in which the Issuer Defendants joined) to strike class allegations in 26 of the consolidated cases, including the case against the Company, on the ground that plaintiffs lacked a putative class representative in those cases at the time of their May 30, 2007 oral motion. On May 13, 2008, the Southern District of New York issued an order granting the motion in part and striking certain of the class allegations relating to the Section 10b-5 claims in 8 of the 26 actions, including the Section 10b-5 claim against SBS. The order also requires plaintiffs to make certain disclosures with respect to the putative class representatives in the remaining 18 actions. Once the disclosures are filed, the Underwriter Defendants and the Issuer Defendants may seek clarification of the Southern District of New York’s May 13, 2008 order with respect to the status of the remaining 10b-5-related class allegations in the other 8 actions, including the SBS action, as well as the status of the Section 11-related class allegations.
On June 11, 2009, pursuant to a motion filed on April 2, 2009, the Southern District of New York issued a preliminary order of approval of a settlement of all of the consolidated cases, including the case against SBS. On September 19, 2009, the Southern District of New York conducted a hearing regarding the final approval of the settlement of all consolidated cases and, on October 5, 2009, issued an opinion finally approving the settlement. The settlement, which is subject to appeal, will result in a release of all claims against the Underwriter Defendants and the Issuer Defendants, and their officers and directors, in exchange for an aggregate sum of approximately $600 million (the “Settlement Amount”) to be paid into a settlement fund for the benefit of the class plaintiffs. The Company’s and the Individual Defendants’ share of the Settlement Amount would be fully funded by insurance.
On October 23, 2009, several objecting members of the class (the “Objectors”) filed a petition for leave in the Second Circuit to appeal the Southern District of New York’s class definition for purposes of the October 5, 2009 settlement (the “Objectors’ petition”). Several Objectors have also filed notices of appeal in the Second Circuit from the Southern District of New York’s order approving the settlement. On October 29, 2009 plaintiffs filed an answer in opposition to the Objectors’ petition. On November 2, 2009, the Underwriter Defendants filed a response to the Objectors’ petition, taking no position on the petition, but noting that the classes were approved for settlement purposes only and reserving the right to oppose class certification in the event the settlement is not finally approved. The Issuer Defendants have not taken a position on the appeals.
On October 7, 2010, all but two of the Objectors entered into a stipulation with plaintiffs withdrawing their appeals with prejudice. The two remaining Objectors have since submitted briefs to the Second Circuit in support of their appeals. On December 8, 2010, plaintiffs moved to dismiss with prejudice one of the remaining Objectors’ appeals based on alleged violations of the Second Circuit’s rules. The motion is fully briefed and is sub judice. The deadline for filing answering briefs regarding the remaining Objectors’ appeals is stayed pending determination of the motion to dismiss.
Item 4.  
[Removed and reserved]

 

35


Table of Contents

PART II
Item 5.  
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
  (a)  
Market Information
     
Our Class A common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “SBSA”. The tables below show, for the quarters indicated, the reported high and low bid quotes for our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market.
                                 
    2010     2009  
    High     Low     High     Low  
 
First quarter
  $ 1.04       0.60       0.28       0.08  
Second quarter
    2.20       0.73       0.39       0.12  
Third quarter
    1.30       0.70       0.61       0.16  
Fourth quarter
    0.88       0.68       1.04       0.41  
  (b)  
Record Holders
     
As of March 16, 2011, there were approximately 117 record holders of our Class A common stock, four record holders of our Class B common stock and one record holder of our Class C preferred stock. These figures do not include an estimate of the indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record by brokerage firms and clearing agencies. There is no established public trading market for our Class B common stock or our Class C preferred stock. However, the Class B common stock is convertible to our Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis, and each share of the Class C preferred stock is convertible into 20 shares of Class A common stock.
  (c)  
Dividends
     
We have not declared or paid any cash or stock dividends on any class of our common stock in the last two fiscal years. We intend to retain future earnings for use in our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash or stock dividends on shares of our Class A or Class B common stock in the near future. In addition, any determination to declare and pay dividends will be made by our Board of Directors based upon our earnings, financial position, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant. Furthermore, our First Lien Credit Facility contains some restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.
     
Under the terms of our Series C preferred stock, we are required to pay dividends on parity with our Class A common stock and Class B common stock and any other class or series of capital stock we create after December 23, 2004.
     
Under the terms of our Series B preferred stock, we are required to pay dividends at a rate of 103/4% per year of the $1,000 liquidation preference per share of Series B preferred stock. After October 15, 2008, we have been required to pay the dividends on our Series B preferred stock in cash. On January 15, 2009, April 15, 2009 and April 15, 2010, the dividends were paid in cash.
     
Under management’s recommendation, our Board of Directors determined that based on, among other things, the then current economic environment and future cash requirements of the Company, it would not be prudent to declare or pay the July 15, 2009, October 15, 2009, January 15, 2010, July 15, 2010, October 15, 2010 and January 15, 2011 cash dividends in the aggregate amount of approximately $14.5 million. Our Board of Directors has not yet determined whether to pay the scheduled April 15, 2011 dividend.
     
Our ability to satisfy our obligations, including making the payments described above, and to reduce our total indebtedness will depend upon our future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which may be beyond our control.

 

36


Table of Contents

      See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below.
  (d)  
Equity Compensation Plans
     
Information called for by Item 5 is set forth under the heading “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance” in Item 10 of this annual report and in our proxy statement relating to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.
  (e)  
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
     
We have not made any sales of unregistered securities for the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.
  (f)  
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
   
We did not repurchase any of our outstanding equity securities for the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K.

 

37


Table of Contents

Item 7.  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Overview
We own and/or operate 21 radio stations in markets that reach approximately 42% of the Hispanic population in the U.S., including Puerto Rico. In addition, we own and operate two television stations and have various affiliation, distribution and/or programming agreements, which allow us to reach approximately 5.6 million Hispanic households throughout the U.S., including Puerto Rico.
The success of each of our stations depends significantly upon its audience ratings and its share of the overall advertising revenue within its market. The broadcasting industry is a highly competitive business, but some barriers to entry do exist. Each of our stations competes with both Spanish-language and English-language stations in its market, as well as with other advertising media, such as newspapers, cable television, the Internet, magazines, outdoor advertising, satellite radio and television, transit advertising and direct mail marketing. Factors which are material to our competitive position include management experience, our stations’ rank in their markets, signal strength and frequency, and audience demographics, including the nature of the Spanish-language market targeted by a particular station.
Our primary source of revenue is the sale of advertising time on our stations to local and national advertisers. Revenue is affected primarily by the advertising rates that our stations are able to charge, as well as the overall demand for advertising time in each respective market. Seasonal net broadcasting revenue fluctuations are common in the broadcasting industry and are primarily due to fluctuations in advertising demand from local and national advertisers. Typically for the broadcasting industry, the first calendar quarter generally produces the lowest revenue. Our most significant operating expenses are usually compensation expenses, programming expenses, professional fees, and advertising and promotional expenses. Senior management strives to control these expenses, as well as other expenses, by working closely with local station management and others, including vendors.
Our radio stations are located in six of the top-ten Hispanic markets of Los Angeles, New York, Puerto Rico, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco. Los Angeles and New York have the largest and second largest Hispanic populations, and are also the largest and second largest radio markets in the United States in terms of advertising revenue, respectively. We format the programming of each of our radio stations to capture a substantial share of the U.S. Hispanic audience in their respective markets. The U.S. Hispanic population is diverse, consisting of numerous identifiable groups from many different countries of origin and each with its own musical and cultural heritage. The music, culture, customs and Spanish dialects vary from one radio market to another. We strive to maintain familiarity with the musical tastes and preferences of each of the various Hispanic ethnic groups and customize our programming to match the local preferences of our target demographic audience in each market we serve. Our radio revenue is generated primarily from the sale of local and national advertising.
Our television stations and related affiliates operate under the “MegaTV” brand. We have created a unique television format which focuses on entertainment, current events and variety with high-quality production. Our programming is formatted to capture shares of the U.S. Hispanic audience by focusing on our core strengths as an “entertainment” company, thus offering a new alternative compared to the traditional Latino channels. MegaTV’s programming is based on a strategy designed to showcase a combination of programs, ranging from televised radio-branded shows to general entertainment programs, such as music, celebrity, debate, interviews and personality based shows. As part of our strategy, we have incorporated certain of our on-air personalities into our programming, as well as including interactive elements to complement our Internet websites. We develop and produce more than 70% of our programming and obtain other content from Spanish-language production partners. Our television revenue is generated primarily from the sale of local advertising and paid programming.
As part of our operating business, we also operate LaMusica.com, Mega.tv, and our radio station websites which are bilingual (Spanish — English) websites providing content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. LaMusica.com and our network of station websites generate revenue primarily from advertising and sponsorship. In addition, the majority of our station websites simultaneously stream our stations’ content, which has broadened the audience reach of our radio stations. We also occasionally produce live concerts and events throughout the United States, including Puerto Rico.

 

38


Table of Contents

Fiscal Year Ended 2010 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended 2009
The following summary table presents separate financial data for each of our operating segments (in thousands).
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Net revenue
               
Radio
  $ 119,533       123,602  
Television
    16,589       15,787  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 136,122       139,389  
 
           
Engineering and programming expenses:
               
Radio
  $ 22,791       27,435  
Television
    17,170       13,944  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 39,961       41,379  
 
           
Selling, general, and administrative:
               
Radio
  $ 41,281       41,766  
Television
    7,706       8,263  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 48,987       50,029  
 
           
Corporate expenses
  $ 8,178       9,686  
 
           
Depreciation and amortization:
               
Radio
  $ 2,646       3,111  
Television
    2,248       2,202  
Corporate
    916       949  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 5,810       6,262  
 
           
Loss (gain) on sale of assets, net:
               
Radio
  $ 202       (7 )
Television
    8       15  
Corporate
          (22 )
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 210       (14 )
 
           
Impairment of assets and restructuring costs:
               
Radio
  $       14,188  
Television
    43       7,405  
Corporate
    2,981       48  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 3,024       21,641  
 
           
Operating (loss) income:
               
Radio
  $ 52,613       37,109  
Television
    (10,586 )     (16,042 )
Corporate
    (12,075 )     (10,661 )
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 29,952       10,406  
 
           

 

39


Table of Contents

The following summary table presents a comparison of our operating results of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Various fluctuations illustrated in the table are discussed below. This section should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes.
                 
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
 
Net revenue
  $ 136,122       139,389  
 
           
 
Engineering and programming expenses
    39,961       41,379  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses
    48,987       50,029  
Corporate expenses
    8,178       9,686  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,810       6,262  
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets, net
    210       (14 )
Impairment of assets and restructuring costs
    3,024       21,641  
 
           
 
Operating income
    29,952       10,406  
 
             
Interest expense, net
    (13,797 )     (26,869 )
Change in fair value of derivative instrument
    5,863       5,790  
Other (expense) income, net
          (414 )
Income tax expense
    6,976       2,691  
 
           
Net income (loss)
  $ 15,042       (13,778 )
 
           
Net Revenue
The decrease in our consolidated net revenue of $3.3 million or 2% was due to decreases in our radio segment net revenues. Our radio segment net revenue decreased $4.1 million or 3%, primarily within national sales, offset by an increase in special events. The decrease in national sales occurred in all of our markets, with the exception of our San Francisco and Puerto Rico markets. The increase in special events occurred in our Puerto Rico market. Our television segment net revenue increased $0.8 million or 5%, primarily due to an increase in local spot sales and integrated sales, offset by a decrease in paid programming.
Engineering and Programming Expenses
The decrease in our consolidated engineering and programming expenses of $1.4 million or 3% was due to the decrease in our radio segment expenses. Our radio segment expenses decreased $4.6 million or 17%, primarily related to decreases in compensation and benefits for technical and programming personnel due to headcount reductions and music license fees. Our television segment expenses increased $3.2 million or 23%, primarily due to an increase in broadcasting rights fees for our new Puerto Rico, New York and Chicago outlets, offset by a decrease in acquired and original produced programming content.
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses
The decrease in our consolidated selling, general and administrative expenses of $1.0 million or 2% was due to the decreases in our radio and television segment expenses. Our radio segment expenses decreased $0.5 million or 1%, primarily due to decreases in rating services, facilities expense, professional fees and compensation and benefits for our selling, general and administrative personnel resulting from headcount reductions, offset by increases in special event expenses and legal settlements. Our television segment expenses decreased $0.5 million or 7%, primarily due to a decrease in facilities expenses, barter expenses and compensation and benefits for our selling, general and administrative personnel resulting from headcount reductions.

 

40


Table of Contents

Corporate Expenses
The decrease in corporate expenses was primarily a result of decreases in compensation and benefits for our corporate personnel due to headcount reductions, building rent, professional fees and insurance.
Impairment of Assets and Restructuring Costs
The 2010 impairment charges and restructuring costs are related to impairment charges recognized on the sublease of office space and its related property and equipment. The property and equipment impairment charge was mainly related to leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures.
The 2009 impairment charges and restructuring costs were due to impairment charges on some of our FCC broadcasting licenses of approximately $18.6 million and restructuring costs related to the termination of various programming contracts and personnel and a loss on a sublease of office space and its related property and equipment totaling approximately $3.0 million. The property and equipment impairment charge was mainly related to leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures.
Operating Income
The increase in operating income was mainly due to the decrease in the impairment charges and restructuring costs. Also contributing to the increase in operating income was a decrease in our operating expenses, offset by a decrease in our net revenue.
Interest Expense, Net
In 2008, the counterparty to an interest rate swap related to the First Lien Credit Facility, Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc., and its parent and credit support provider, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., each filed for bankruptcy. As a result of the Lehman bankruptcy filings, a dispute arose with respect to the outstanding payments under the swap agreement. On June 17, 2010, the parties successfully resolved the dispute under mediation and entered into a confidential settlement and release agreement, resulting in a decrease in interest expense. In addition, under this swap agreement, we were paying a fixed interest rate of 5.98%. We are currently paying interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points, resulting in a decrease in interest expense.
Interest expense also decreased due to the decrease in the reclassification of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into earnings (interest expense) as a result of this cash flow hedge no longer qualifying for hedge accounting in 2008. During fiscal years 2010 and 2009, $1.9 million and $5.4 million were reclassified and recorded as interest expense.
Change in Fair Value of Derivative Instrument
The change in fair value of a derivative instrument is related to the aforementioned cash flow hedge that no longer qualified for hedge accounting. The change in fair value from December 31, 2009 to December 31, 2010 impacted our earnings by $5.9 million for the fiscal year 2010.
Income Tax Expense
The income tax expense of $7.0 million arose primarily from the income tax expense resulting from the tax amortization of our FCC broadcasting licenses.
Net Income (Loss)
The increase in net income was mainly due to the decreases in our operating expenses, interest expense, impairment charges and restructuring costs, partially offset by the decreases in net revenue and increase income tax expense.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents ($55.1 million as of December 31, 2010) and cash expected to be provided by operations. Our cash flow from operations is subject to such factors as overall advertising demand, shifts in population, station listenership and viewership, demographics, audience tastes and fluctuations in preferred advertising media. Our ability to raise funds by increasing our indebtedness is limited by the terms of the certificates of designation governing our Series B preferred stock and the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility term loan. Additionally, our certificates of designation and credit agreement each place restrictions on us with respect to the sale of assets, liens, investments, dividends, debt repayments, capital expenditures, transactions with affiliates, and consolidations and mergers, among other things.

 

41


Table of Contents

Our strategy is to primarily utilize cash flows from operations to meet our capital needs and contractual obligations. Management continually projects anticipated cash requirements and believes that cash from operating activities, together with cash on hand, should be sufficient to permit us to meet our operating obligations over the next twelve month period, including, among other things, required quarterly interest and principal payments pursuant to the First Lien Credit Facility due June 10, 2012 and capital expenditures, excluding the acquisitions of major FCC broadcasting licenses. We are seeking refinancing of our First Lien Credit Facility and believe that we will be able to do so on terms that are satisfactory to us. We expect to complete this process no later than April 2012. No assurance can be given that we will successfully refinance the First Lien Credit Facility before it becomes due and we lack sufficient existing capital resources to repay it.
While not significant to us to date, the disruptions in the capital and credit markets may result in increased borrowing costs associated with our short-term and long-term debt. Assumptions (none of which can be assured) which underlie management’s beliefs, include the following:
   
the demand for advertising within the broadcasting industry and economic conditions in general will not deteriorate further in any material respect;
   
we will continue to successfully implement our business strategy; and
   
we will not incur any material unforeseen liabilities, including but not limited to taxes, environmental liabilities, regulatory matters and legal judgments.
We evaluate strategic media acquisitions and/or dispositions and strive to expand our media content through distribution and affiliations in order to achieve a significant presence with clusters of stations in the top U.S. Hispanic markets. We engage in discussions regarding potential acquisitions and/or dispositions and expansion of our content through media outlets from time to time in the ordinary course of business. We anticipate that any future acquisitions would be financed through funds generated from permitted debt financing, equity financing, operations, asset sales or a combination of these or other available sources. However, there can be no assurance that financing from any of these sources, if necessary and available, can be obtained on favorable terms for future acquisitions.
The following summary table presents a comparison of our capital resources for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, with respect to certain of our key measures affecting our liquidity. The changes set forth in the table are discussed below. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes.
                         
    2010     2009     Change  
    (in thousands)        
Capital expenditures:
                       
Radio
  $ 753       525       228  
Television
    452       380       72  
Corporate
    332       49       283  
 
                 
Consolidated
  $ 1,537       954       583  
 
                 
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
  $ 24,284       30,084       (5,800 )
Net cash flows used in investing activities
    (1,537 )     (705 )     (832 )
Net cash flows used in financing activities
    (21,187 )     (8,651 )     (12,536 )
 
                 
 
             
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
  $ 1,560       20,728       (19,168 )
 
                 

 

42


Table of Contents

Capital Expenditures
The increase in our capital expenditures is related to the relocation of a radio transmitter site in the San Francisco market and consolidation of our corporate office space.
Net Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities
The decrease in our net cash flows from operating activities was primarily a result of the decrease in sales and an increase in cash paid to vendors, including interest.
Net Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities
The decrease in our net cash flows from investing activities was a result of the increase in our capital expenditures.
Net Cash Flows Used in Financing Activities
Changes in our net cash flows from financing activities were primarily a result of the $15.0 million repayment of the Senior Credit Facility Revolver, offset by a decrease of $2.5 million related to cash dividends paid on our Series B preferred stock.
Recent Developments
Engagement Letter
On January 21, 2011, we entered into the Engagement Letter with Lazard, to act as our investment banker in connection with exploring potential strategic transactions, including the refinancing of our existing First Lien Credit Facility due 2012. The term of the Engagement Letter is from the date thereof until it expires or is earlier terminated pursuant to the terms thereof. Pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Letter, Lazard will be entitled to certain fees upon the consummation of certain strategic transactions, as well as other fees in connection with services rendered under the Engagement Letter and reimbursement for expenses incurred in connection with its performance thereunder.
NASDAQ Delisting Letter
On October 12, 2010, we received the Notice from NASDAQ, advising us that the closing bid price of our Class A common stock for the previous 30 consecutive business days had been below the Minimum Bid Price Requirement required for continued listing on the NASDAQ Global Market pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5450(a)(1).
Pursuant to NASDAQ Listing Rule 5810(c)(3)(A), we have been provided an initial grace period of 180 calendar days, or until April 11, 2011, to regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement. The Notice further provides that NASDAQ will provide written confirmation stating that we have achieved compliance with the Rule if at any time before April 11, 2011, the bid price of our common stock closes at $1.00 per share or more for a minimum of 10 consecutive business days. If we do not regain compliance with the Rule by April 11, 2011, NASDAQ will provide written notification to us that our common stock is subject to delisting from the NASDAQ Global Market, at which time we will have an opportunity to appeal the determination to a NASDAQ Hearings Panel.
We intend to use all reasonable efforts to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, but there can be no guarantee that we will regain compliance with the Minimum Bid Price Requirement.
NASDAQ Audit Committee Compliance Letter
On August 14, 2009, we notified NASDAQ that due to the vacancy in our Audit Committee created by Antonio Fernandez’ voluntary resignation as a member of the Board of Directors, we were no longer in compliance with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605, which requires that the Audit Committee be comprised of at least three members, each of whom is independent.

 

43


Table of Contents

As a result, on August 27, 2009, we received a letter from NASDAQ notifying us that we were not in compliance with the audit committee requirements as set forth in Rule 5605 and advising us that, consistent with NASDAQ Marketplace Rule 5605(c)(4)(A), NASDAQ will provide us the following cure period to regain compliance:
   
until the earlier of our next annual shareholders’ meeting on August 11, 2010; or
 
   
if the next annual shareholders’ meeting is held before February 8, 2010, no later than February 8, 2010.
Effective June 3, 2010, the Board of Directors elected Manuel E. Machado as a director. The Board of Directors also appointed Mr. Machado as a member of both the Audit Committee and Compensation Committee. The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Machado is an “independent director” as defined in NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(a)(2) and is qualified for service on the Company’s Audit Committee under NASDAQ Listing Rule 5605(c)(2). We notified NASDAQ on June 4, 2010 that our Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Machado is qualified for service on the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors under the Rule 5605(c)(2), and that our Board has appointed him to serve on the Audit Committee. As a result, on June 7, 2010, we received a letter from NASDAQ stating that we have regained compliance with the Rule 5605(c)(2), which requires each listed company to maintain an audit committee composed of at least three members who meet certain eligibility criteria.
Dividend Payment on the Series B Preferred Stock
Under the terms of our Series B preferred stock, the holders of the outstanding shares of the Series B preferred stock are entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, dividends on the Series B preferred stock at a rate of 10 3/4% per year, of the $1,000 liquidation preference per share, payable quarterly.
In determining whether to declare and pay any prior or future cash dividends, our Board of Directors will consider management’s recommendation, our financial condition, as well as whether, under Delaware law, sufficient surplus or net profits exist to pay such dividends.
During the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, our Board of Directors, under management’s recommendation, determined that based on the circumstances at the time, among other things, the then current economic environment and future cash requirements of the Company, it was not prudent to declare or pay the January 15, 2011, October 15, 2010, July 15, 2010, January 15, 2010, October 15, 2009 and July 15, 2009 cash dividends in the aggregate amount of approximately $14.5 million. Our Board of Directors has not yet determined whether to pay the scheduled April 15, 2011 dividend.
Lehman Hedge Settlement
In September and October 2008, the counterparty to an interest rate swap, Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc., and its parent and credit support provider, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., each filed for bankruptcy. Based on these bankruptcy filings, this cash flow hedge was deemed ineffective. As a result of the Lehman bankruptcy filings, a dispute arose with respect to the outstanding payments under the swap agreement. On June 17, 2010, the parties successfully resolved the dispute under mediation and entered into a confidential settlement and release agreement, resulting in a decrease in interest expense.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenue or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.
Critical Accounting Policies
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could ultimately differ from those estimates. The following accounting policies require significant management judgments, assumptions and estimates.

 

44


Table of Contents

Accounting for Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets and Goodwill
Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcasting licenses. FCC broadcasting licenses are granted to stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the “Act”). The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if: (i) it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; (ii) there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and (iii) there have been no other serious violations, which taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. We intend to renew our licenses indefinitely and evidence supports our ability to do so. Historically, there has been no material challenge to our license renewals. In addition, the technology used in broadcasting is not expected to be replaced by another technology any time in the foreseeable future.
In accordance with FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles- Goodwill and Other (“ASC 350”), we do not amortize our FCC broadcasting licenses. We test these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or when an event occurs that may indicate that impairment may have occurred. We test our FCC broadcasting licenses for impairment at the market cluster level. We apply the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 350-30-35, Unit of Accounting for Purposes of Testing for Impairment of Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization, to certain of our FCC broadcasting licenses, if their market operations are consolidated.
Our valuations principally use the discounted cash flow methodology. This income approach consists of a quantitative model, which assumes the FCC broadcasting licenses are acquired and operated by a third-party. The valuation method used is based on the premise that the only asset that the unbuilt start-up station would possess is the FCC broadcasting license. The valuation method isolates the income attributable to a FCC broadcasting license by modeling a hypothetical greenfield build-up to a normalized enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for as part of the build-up process. Consequently, the resulting accretion in value is solely attributed to the FCC broadcasting license.
In the discounted cash flow projections, a period of ten years was determined to be an appropriate time horizon for the analysis. The yearly streams of cash flows are adjusted to present value using an after-tax discount rate calculated for the broadcast industry as of December 31 of each year. A risk premium is added to this base rate, in order to reflect the uncertainty associated with a start-up operation. Additionally, it is necessary to project the terminal value at the end of the ten-year projection period. The terminal value represents the hypothetical value of the licenses at the end of a ten-year period. An estimated amount of taxes are deducted from the assumed terminal value, which accordingly is discounted to net present value.
The key assumptions incorporated in the discounted cash flow model are market revenue projections, market revenue share projections, anticipated operating profit margins and risk adjusted discount rates. These assumptions vary based on the market size, type of broadcast of signal, media competition and audience share. These assumptions primarily reflect industry norms for similar stations/broadcast signals, as well as historical performance and trends of the markets. In the preparation of the FCC broadcasting license appraisals, estimates and assumptions are made that affect the valuation of the intangible asset. These estimates and assumptions could differ from actual results and could have a material impact on our financial statements in the future.
The key assumptions for the respective markets are further described as follows:
Market Revenue Projections. Revenues are based on estimates of market revenues gathered from various third-party sources. Fiscal year 2011 total market revenues were determined based on this data and market revenues were forecast over the 10-year projection period to reflect the expected long-term growth rates for the broadcast industry and each market. Over the 10-year projection period, revenue growth rates have been projected to return to growth rates equal to the expected long-term growth rate in each market. The long-term growth rates have been estimated based on historical and expected performance in each market. In determining revenue growth rates in each market, revenue growth forecasts from various industry analysts are reviewed and analyzed.
Market Revenue Share Projections. Market revenue share projections are based upon the most recent average adjusted audience share for comparable stations operating in each market. This assumption is not specific to the performance of our stations and is predicated on the expectation that a new entrant into the market could reasonably be expected to perform at a level similar to the average competitor, assuming that competitor had similar technical facilities.

 

45


Table of Contents

Anticipated Operating Profit Margins. Operating profits are defined as profit before interest, depreciation and amortization, income tax, and corporate allocation charges. Operating profits are then divided by broadcast revenues, net of agency and representative commissions, to compute the operating profit margin. Operating profit margins for each station are projected based upon industry operating margin norms, which reflect market size and station type. In determining operating profit margins in each market, third-party information is utilized. This assumption is not specific to the performance of our stations and is predicated on the expectation that a new entrant into the market could reasonably be expected to perform at a level similar to a typical competitor.
Risk Adjusted Discount Rates. Discount rates of 10.5% for radio licenses and 11.5% for television licenses were used to calculate the present value of the net after-tax cash flows. The discount rates are based on an after-tax rate determined using the weighted average cost of capital model as of December 31, 2010. The discount rates are not specific to us or to the stations, but are based upon the expected rates that would be used by a typical market participant, which include a risk premium.
These key assumptions are subject to such factors as: overall advertising demand, station listenership and viewership, audience tastes, technology, fluctuation in preferred advertising media and the estimated cost of capital. Since a number of factors may influence the determination of the fair value of our FCC broadcasting licenses, we are unable to predict whether impairments will occur in the future. Any significant change in these factors will result in a modification of the key assumptions, which may result in an impairment.
For example, changes in the discount rates will significantly impact our impairment testing. We note that a 100 basis point increase in the discount rates would result in an impairment of $13.1 million.
As of December 31, 2010, the percentage by which the fair value of our FCC broadcasting licenses exceeded (or equaled) their carrying values were as follows:
         
Market 1
    8 %
Market 2
    33 %
Market 3
    10 %
Market 4
    36 %
Market 5
    3 %
Market 6
    7 %
Market 7
    9 %
Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations. ASC 350 requires us to test goodwill for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level in lieu of being amortized. We have determined that we have two reporting units under ASC 350: Radio and Television. We currently only have goodwill in our radio reporting unit. We have aggregated our operating components (radio stations) into a single radio reporting unit based upon the similarity of their economic characteristics, including consideration of the requirements in FASB ASC 280, Segment Reporting, as required by ASC 350. Our evaluation included consideration of factors such as regulatory environment, business model, gross margins, nature of services and the process for delivering these services.
The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.

 

46


Table of Contents

During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we performed at least an annual impairment review of our goodwill and determined that there was no impairment of goodwill. The estimated enterprise value of our radio reporting unit exceeded its carrying value during our impairment testing. In addition, there is currently a net accumulated deficit in our radio reporting unit and we have a net overall accumulated deficit; therefore we have not performed a step-two impairment test. When evaluating our estimated enterprise value, we utilized an income approach which uses assumptions and estimates which among others include the aggregated expected revenues and operating margins generated by our FCC broadcasting licenses (i.e. our stations) and use of a risk adjusted discount rate. We did not find reconciliation to our current market capitalization meaningful in the determination of our enterprise value given current factors that impact our market capitalization, including but not limited to: (1) our recent NASDAQ delisting notice; (2) limited trading volume; (3) the impact of our television segment operating losses; and (4) the significant voting control of our Chairman and CEO.
Accounting for Income Taxes
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to estimate our actual current tax exposure together with our temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for financial statement and tax reporting purposes. These temporary differences result in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included in our consolidated balance sheet. FASB ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires the establishment of a valuation allowance to reflect the likelihood of the realization of deferred tax assets. Significant management judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We evaluate the weight of all available evidence to determine whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred income tax assets will not be realized. As a result of adopting FASB ASC Topic 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, amortization of intangible assets and goodwill ceased for financial statement purposes. As a result, we could not be assured that the reversals of the deferred tax liabilities relating to those intangible assets and goodwill would occur within our net operating loss carry-forward period. Therefore, on the date of adoption, we established a valuation allowance for substantially all of our deferred tax assets due to uncertainties surrounding our ability to utilize some or all of our deferred tax assets, primarily consisting of net operating losses, as well as other temporary differences between financial statement and tax reporting purposes. We expect to continue to reserve for any increase in our deferred tax assets in the foreseeable future. If the realization of deferred tax assets in the future is considered more likely than not, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period such determination is made. In the event that actual results differ from these estimates or we adjust these estimates in future periods, we may need to adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially affect our financial position and results of operations.
Valuation of Accounts Receivable
We review accounts receivable to determine which accounts are doubtful of collection. In making the determination of the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, we consider our history of write-offs, relationships with our customers, age of the invoices and the overall creditworthiness of our customers. Changes in the creditworthiness of customers, general economic conditions and other factors may impact the level of future write-offs.
Revenue Recognition
We recognize broadcasting revenue as advertisements are aired on our stations, subject to meeting certain conditions such as persuasive evidence that an agreement exists, a fixed and determinable price, and reasonable assurance of collection. Agency commissions, where applicable, are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue. Advertisers remit the gross billing amount to the agency and the agency remits gross billings, less their commission, to us when the advertisement is not placed directly by the advertiser. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as customer advances.
Contingencies and Litigations
We are currently involved in certain legal proceedings and, as required, have accrued our estimate of the probable costs for the resolution of these claims. These estimates have been developed in consultation with counsel and are based upon an analysis of potential results, assuming a combination of litigation and settlement strategies. It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular period could be materially affected by changes in our assumptions or the effectiveness of our strategies related to these proceedings.

 

47


Table of Contents

New Accounting Standards
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in ASC paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. The ASU allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise to determine the carrying amount of a reporting unit. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2010-28 on its consolidated financial statements and has preliminarily concluded that it will not have a material impact.
Impact of Inflation
We believe that inflation has not had a material impact on our results of operations for each of our fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. However, there can be no assurance that inflation will not have an adverse impact on our future operating results and financial condition.
Item 7A.  
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Not required for smaller reporting companies.
Item 8.  
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
The information called for by this Item 8 is included in Item 15, under “Financial Statements” and “Financial Statement Schedule” appearing at the end of this annual report on Form 10-K.
Item 9.  
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9A.  
Controls and Procedures
Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Control and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our periodic reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the required time periods. As of December 31, 2010, the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were not fully effective due to the material weakness in internal controls over financial reporting described below.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
As members of management of the Company, we are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed, under our supervision, and affected by our Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, (i) accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

48


Table of Contents

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed, may not prevent or detect misstatements and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to the financial statement preparation and presentation even when those systems are determined to be effective. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. These inherent limitations are an intrinsic part of the financial reporting process. Therefore, although we are unable to eliminate this risk, it is possible to develop safeguards to reduce it.
Under the supervision of and with the participation of our management, we assessed the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, based on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of our assessment, management concluded, as a result of the material weakness in internal control over financial reporting discussed below, that our disclosure controls and procedures were not fully effective as of December 31, 2010. However, we believe that the financial statements included in this report fairly present, in all material respects, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented as noted in the unqualified audit opinion.
Management concluded that the Company’s design of internal controls over the independent review, validation and approval of reimbursable expenses were not fully effective, which constituted a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting. Management is in the process of reviewing and, as necessary, revising its policies and procedures with respect to controls over the review and validation of reimbursable expenses to ensure that all reasonable steps will be taken to correct the material weakness. As part of this process, management expects to add additional review and approval controls. The deficiencies will not be considered remediated until the new internal controls are operational for a period of time and tested, and management concludes that the controls are operating effectively.
Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act exempted small reporting companies from the independent registered public accounting firm’s attestation requirement found in Item 308 of Regulation S-X.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, other than the material weakness described above, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B.  
Other Information
None.
PART III
Item 10.  
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information called for by Item 10 is set forth in our proxy statement relating to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code of Ethics”) within the meaning of Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. This Code of Ethics applies to our employees, officers and directors and is publicly available on our Internet website at www.spanishbroadcasting.com. If we make substantive amendments to this Code of Ethics or grant any waiver from its provisions to our principal executive, financial or accounting officers, or persons performing similar functions, including any implicit waiver, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K within five days of such amendment or waiver.
Board of Directors Nominating Procedure
There were no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.

 

49


Table of Contents

Item 11.  
Executive Compensation
Information called for by Item 11 is set forth in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 12.  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Information called for by Item 12 is set forth in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 13.  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Information called for by Item 13 is set forth in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.
Item 14.  
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
Information called for by Item 14 is set forth in our Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

50


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
             
1. Financial Statements        
           
The following financial statements have been filed as required by Item 8 of this report:
     
  Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm;   52  
 
         
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009;   53  
 
         
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009;   54  
 
         
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Loss for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009;   55  
 
         
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009; and   56  
 
         
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.   57  
 
         
2. Financial Statement Schedule      
 
         
The following financial statement schedule has been filed as required by Item 8 of this report:
     
 
         
  Financial Statement Schedule — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts.   90  

 

51


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. as listed in the Index at Item 15. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited the financial statement schedule listed in the Index. These consolidated financial statements and the financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
/s/ KPMG LLP
March 31, 2011
Miami, Florida
Certified Public Accountants

 

52


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIAIRIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands, except share data)
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Assets
               
Current assets:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 55,140       53,580  
Receivables:
               
Trade
    26,473       25,649  
Barter
    500       398  
 
           
 
    26,973       26,047  
Less allowance for doubtful accounts
    813       1,247  
 
           
Net receivables
    26,160       24,800  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    3,219       3,439  
 
           
Total current assets
    84,519       81,819  
Property and equipment, net
    40,006       45,365  
FCC broadcasting licenses
    312,623       312,623  
Goodwill
    32,806       32,806  
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $250 in 2010 and $214 in 2009
    1,184       1,220  
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization of $6,088 in 2010 and $5,028 in 2009
    1,514       2,574  
Other assets
    2,167       2,386  
 
           
Total assets
  $ 474,819       478,793  
 
           
Liabilities and Stockholder’s Deficit
               
Current liabilities:
               
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    17,980       18,211  
Accrued interest
    4,057       5,608  
Unearned revenue
    745       570  
Other liabilities
    750       602  
Derivative instruments
          5,863  
Senior credit facility revolver due 2010
          15,000  
Current portion of the senior credit facility term loan due 2012
    3,250       3,250  
Current portion of other long-term debt
    416       447  
Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock dividends payable
    14,478       7,032  
 
           
Total current liabilities
    41,676       56,583  
 
               
Other liabilities, less current portion
    985       405  
Derivative instruments
    829       612  
Senior credit facility term loan due 2012, less current portion
    303,063       306,313  
Other long-term debt, less current portion
    6,180       6,605  
Deferred income taxes
    78,247       71,408  
 
           
Total liabilities
    430,980       441,926  
 
           
Commitments and contingencies (notes 11, 13, and 15)
               
Cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock:
               
10 3/4% Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value, liquidation value $1,000 per share. Authorized 280,000 shares; 92,349 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    92,349       92,349  
 
           
Stockholder’s deficit:
               
Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value and liquidation value. Authorized 600,000 shares; 380,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    4       4  
Class A common stock, 0.0001 par value. Authorized 100,000,000 shares; 41,639,805 and 41,542,513 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    4       4  
Class B common stock, 0.0001 par value. Authorized 50,000,000 shares; 23,403,500 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively
    2       2  
Additional paid-in capital
    525,199       525,026  
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (829 )     (2,513 )
Accumulated deficit
    (572,890 )     (578,005 )
 
           
Total stockholder’s deficit
    (48,510 )     (55,482 )
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholder’s deficit
  $ 474,819       478,793  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

53


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIAIRIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands, except per share data)
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Net revenue
  $ 136,122       139,389  
 
           
 
               
Operating expenses:
               
Engineering and programming
    39,961       41,379  
Selling, general and administrative
    48,987       50,029  
Corporate expenses
    8,178       9,686  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,810       6,262  
 
           
Total operating expenses
    102,936       107,356  
(Loss) gain on the sale of assets, net of disposal costs
    210       (14 )
Impairment charges and restructuring costs
    3,024       21,641  
 
           
Operating income
    29,952       10,406  
 
Other (expense) income:
               
Interest expense
    (13,821 )     (26,900 )
Interest income
    24       31  
Change in fair value of derivative instrument
    5,863       5,790  
Other, net
          (414 )
 
           
Income (loss) before income taxes
    22,018       (11,087 )
Income tax expense
    6,976       2,691  
 
           
Net income (loss)
    15,042       (13,778 )
Dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (9,927 )     (9,927 )
 
           
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 5,115       (23,705 )
 
           
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share
  $ 0.07       (0.33 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
               
Basic
    72,614       72,517  
Diluted
    72,816       72,517  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

54


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit and Comprehensive Loss
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands, except share data)
                                                                                 
    Class C preferred stock     Class A common stock     Class B common stock     Additional     Accumulated
other
            Total  
    Number of     Par     Number of     Par     Number of     Par     paid-in     comprehensive     Accumulated     stockholders  
    shares     value     shares     value     shares     value     capital     loss     deficit     deficit  
Balance at December 31, 2008
    380,000     $ 4       41,445,222     $ 4       23,403,500     $ 2       524,722       (8,187 )     (554,300 )     (37,755 )
Issuance of Class A common stock from vesting of restricted stock
                97,291                                            
Stock-based compensation
                                        304                   304  
Series B preferred stock dividends
                                                    (9,927 )     (9,927 )
Comprehensive loss:
                                                    (13,778 )     (13,778 )
Net loss
                                              5,398             5,398  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period
                                              276             276  
 
                                                                             
 
Unrealized gain on derivative instrument
                                                                            (8,104 )
 
                                                           
Comprehensive loss
    380,000       4       41,542,513       4       23,403,500       2       525,026       (2,513 )     (578,005 )     (55,482 )
Balance at December 31, 2009
                97,292                                            
Issuance of Class A common stock from vesting of restricted stock
                                        173                   173  
Stock-based compensation
                                                    (9,927 )     (9,927 )
Series B preferred stock dividends
                                                                               
Comprehensive income
                                                    15,042       15,042  
Net income
                                              1,901             1,901  
Amounts reclassified to earnings during the period
                                              (217 )           (217 )
 
                                                                             
Unrealized loss on derivative instrument
                                                                            16,726  
 
                                                           
Comprehensive income
    380,000     $ 4       41,639,805     $ 4       23,403,500     $ 2       525,199       (829 )     (572,890 )     (48,510 )
 
                                                           
Balance at December 31, 2010
                                                                               
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

55


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands)
                 
    2010     2009  
Cash flows from operating activities:
               
Net income (loss)
  $ 15,042       (13,778 )
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Loss (gain) on the sale of assets
    210       (14 )
Impairment of assets
    3,024       20,023  
Stock-based compensation
    173       304  
Depreciation and amortization
    5,810       6,263  
Net barter income
    (189 )     (368 )
Provision for trade doubtful accounts
    512       379  
Amortization of deferred financing costs
    1,060       1,072  
Deferred income taxes
    6,839       3,326  
Unearned revenue-barter
    263       184  
Change in fair value of derivative instrument, net of amortization
    (3,962 )     (392 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
               
Trade receivables
    (1,771 )     2,627  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
    220       987  
Other assets
    219       680  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
    (635 )     2,899  
Accrued interest
    (1,551 )     5,122  
Other liabilities
    (980 )     770  
 
           
Net cash provided by operations
    24,284       30,084  
 
           
Cash flows from investing activities:
               
Purchases of property and equipment
    (1,537 )     (954 )
Proceeds from the sale of property and equipment and insurance recoveries
          249  
 
           
Net cash used in investing activities
    (1,537 )     (705 )
 
           
Cash flows from financing activities:
               
Payments of senior credit facility revolver due 2010
    (15,000 )      
Payment of senior credit facility term loan 2012
    (3,250 )     (3,250 )
Payment of Series B preferred stock cash dividends
    (2,481 )     (4,963 )
Payments of other long-term debt
    (456 )     (438 )
 
           
Net cash used in financing activities
    (21,187 )     (8,651 )
 
           
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
    1,560       20,728  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    53,580       32,852  
 
           
 
               
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 55,140       53,580  
 
           
Supplemental cash flows information:
               
Interest paid
  $ 10,379       15,298  
Income tax paid, net
  $ 20       29  
Noncash investing and financing activities:
               
Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments
  $ (217 )     276  
Accrual of Series B preferred stock cash dividends not declared
  $ 7,446       7,032  
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

56


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(1)   Organization and Nature of Business
    Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries owns and/or operates 21 radio stations in the Los Angeles, New York, Puerto Rico, Chicago, Miami and San Francisco markets. In addition, we own and operate two television stations, which operate as one television operation, branded as “MegaTV.” We also have various MegaTV broadcasting outlets under affiliation or programming agreements. As part of our operating business, we operate LaMusica.com, Mega.tv, and our radio station websites, which are bilingual Spanish-English websites providing content related to Latin music, entertainment, news and culture. We also occasionally produce live concerts and events throughout the U.S., including Puerto Rico.
 
    Our primary source of revenue is the sale of advertising time on our stations to local and national advertisers. Our revenue is affected primarily by the advertising rates that our stations are able to charge, as well as the overall demand for advertising time in each respective market. Seasonal net broadcasting revenue fluctuations are common in the broadcasting industry and are due to fluctuations in advertising expenditures by local and national advertisers. Typically for the broadcasting industry, the first calendar quarter generally produces the lowest revenue.
 
    The broadcasting industry is subject to extensive federal regulation which, among other things, requires approval by the Federal Communications Commission for the issuance, renewal, transfer and assignment of broadcasting station operating licenses and limits the number of broadcasting properties we may acquire.
(2)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Related Matters
  (a)   Basis of Presentation
 
      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In addition, we evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date and through the financial statements issuance date. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform with the current year presentation.
 
  (b)   Revenue Recognition
 
      We recognize broadcasting revenue as advertisements are aired on our stations, subject to meeting certain conditions, such as persuasive evidence that an agreement exists, a fixed or determinable price and reasonable assurance of collection. Our revenue is presented net of agency commissions. Agency commissions are calculated based on a stated percentage applied to gross billing revenue. Advertisers remit the gross billing amount to the agency, and then the agency remits gross billings less their commission to us when the advertisement is not placed directly by the advertiser. Payments received in advance of being earned are recorded as customer advances, which are included in accounts payable and accrued expenses.
 
  (c)   Valuation of Accounts Receivable
 
      We review accounts receivable to determine which accounts are doubtful of collection. In making the determination of the appropriate allowance for doubtful accounts, we consider our history of write-offs, relationships with our customers, age of the invoices and the overall creditworthiness of our customers. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we incurred bad debt expense of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. Changes in the credit worthiness of customers, general economic conditions and other factors may impact the level of future write-offs.
(Continued)

 

57


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2010 and 2009
  (d)   Property and Equipment
 
      Property and equipment, including capital leases, are stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We depreciate the cost of our property and equipment using the straight-line method over the respective estimated useful lives (see note 5). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the remaining life of the lease or the useful life of the improvements.
 
      Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred; improvements are capitalized. When items are retired or are otherwise disposed of, the related costs and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gains or losses are credited or charged to income from operations.
 
  (e)   Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets
 
      Accounting for impairment or disposal of long-lived assets requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.
 
  (f)   FCC Broadcasting Licenses
 
      Our indefinite-lived intangible assets consist of FCC broadcasting licenses. FCC broadcasting licenses are granted to stations for up to eight years under the Telecommunications Act of 1996. The Act requires the FCC to renew a broadcast license if: (i) it finds that the station has served the public interest, convenience and necessity; (ii) there have been no serious violations of either the Communications Act of 1934 or the FCC’s rules and regulations by the licensee; and (iii) there have been no other serious violations, which taken together, constitute a pattern of abuse. We intend to renew our licenses indefinitely and evidence supports our ability to do so. Historically, there has been no material challenge to our license renewals. In addition, the technology used in broadcasting is not expected to be replaced by another technology any time in the foreseeable future.
 
      We do not amortize our FCC broadcasting licenses. We test these indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or when an event occurs that may indicate that impairment may have occurred. We test our FCC broadcasting licenses for impairment at the market cluster level. We apply the guidance of FASB ASC Topic 350-30-35, Unit of Accounting for Purposes of Testing for Impairment of Intangible Assets Not Subject to Amortization, to certain of our FCC broadcasting licenses, if their market operations are consolidated.
 
      Our valuations principally use the discounted cash flow methodology. This income approach consists of a quantitative model, which assumes the FCC broadcasting licenses are acquired and operated by a third-party. The valuation method used is based on the premise that the only asset that the unbuilt start-up station would possess is the FCC broadcasting license. The valuation method isolates the income attributable to a FCC broadcasting license by modeling a hypothetical greenfield build-up to a normalized enterprise that, by design, lacks inherent goodwill and whose only other assets have essentially been paid for as part of the build-up process. Consequently, the resulting accretion in value is solely attributed to the FCC broadcasting license.
 
      In the discounted cash flow projections, a period of ten years was determined to be an appropriate time horizon for the analysis. The yearly streams of cash flows are adjusted to present value using an after-tax discount rate calculated for the broadcast industry as of December 31 of each year. A risk premium is added to this base rate, in order to reflect the uncertainty associated with a start-up operation. Additionally, it is necessary to project the terminal value at the end of the ten-year projection period. The terminal value represents the hypothetical value of the licenses at the end of a ten-year period. An estimated amount of taxes are deducted from the assumed terminal value, which accordingly is discounted to net present value.
 
      The key assumptions incorporated in the discounted cash flow model are market revenue projections, market revenue share projections, anticipated operating profit margins and risk adjusted discount rates. These assumptions vary based on the market size, type of broadcast of signal, media competition and audience share. These assumptions primarily reflect industry norms for similar stations/broadcast signals, as well as historical performance and trends of the markets. In the preparation of the FCC broadcasting license appraisals, estimates and assumptions are made that affect the valuation of the intangible asset. These estimates and assumptions could differ from actual results and could have a material impact on our financial statements in the future.
(Continued)

 

58


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
      These key assumptions are subject to such factors as: overall advertising demand, station listenership and viewership, audience tastes, technology, fluctuation in preferred advertising media and the estimated cost of capital. Since a number of factors may influence the determination of the fair value of our FCC broadcasting licenses, we are unable to predict whether impairments will occur in the future. Any significant change in these factors will result in a modification of the key assumptions, which may result in an additional impairment.
 
  (g)   Goodwill
 
      Goodwill consists of the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets acquired in business combinations. We test goodwill for impairment at least annually at the reporting unit level. We have determined that we have two reporting, Radio and Television. We currently only have goodwill in our radio reporting unit. We have aggregated our operating components (radio stations) into a single radio reporting unit based upon the similarity of their economic characteristics. Our evaluation included consideration of factors, such as regulatory environment, business model, gross margins, nature of services and the process for delivering these services.
 
      The goodwill impairment test is a two-step test. Under the first step, the fair value of the reporting unit is compared with its carrying value (including goodwill). If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, an indication of goodwill impairment exists for the reporting unit and the enterprise must perform step two of the impairment test (measurement). If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed. Under step two, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill. Fair value of the reporting unit is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, step two does not need to be performed.
 
      During the years-ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we performed at least an annual impairment review of our goodwill and determined that there was no impairment of goodwill. The estimated enterprise value of our radio reporting unit exceeded its carrying value during our impairment testing. In addition, there is currently a net accumulated deficit in our radio reporting unit and we have a net overall accumulated deficit; therefore we have not performed a step-two impairment test. When evaluating our estimated enterprise value, we utilized an income approach which uses assumptions and estimates which among others include the aggregated expected revenues and operating margins generated by our FCC broadcasting licenses (i.e. our stations) and use of a risk adjusted discount rate. We did not find reconciliation to our current market capitalization meaningful in the determination of our enterprise value given current factors that impact our market capitalization, including but not limited to: our recent NASDAQ delisting notice; limited trading volume; the impact of our television segment operating losses; and the significant voting control of our Chairman and CEO.
(Continued)

 

59


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
  (h)   Other Intangible Assets, Net
 
      Other intangible assets, net, consist of favorable tower leases acquired. Gross other intangible assets total $1.4 million. These assets are being amortized over the lives of the leases; however, not to exceed 40 years.
 
      Amortization expense amounted to $36 thousand for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for the five years subsequent to December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 36  
2012
    36  
2013
    36  
2014
    36  
2015
    36  
  (i)   Deferred Financing Costs
 
      Deferred financing costs relate to the refinancing of our debt in June 2005 (see note 7). Deferred financing costs are being amortized to interest expense using the effective interest method.
 
  (j)   Barter Transactions
 
      Barter transactions represent advertising time exchanged for non-cash goods and/or services, such as promotional items, advertising, supplies, equipment and services. Revenue from barter transactions are recognized as income when advertisements are broadcasted. Expenses are recognized when goods or services are received or used. We record barter transactions at the fair value of goods or services received or advertising surrendered, whichever is more readily determinable. Barter revenue amounted to $5.1 million and $5.3 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Barter expense amounted to $4.9 million and $5.0 million for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
      Unearned revenue consists of the excess of the aggregate fair value of goods or services received by us, over the aggregate fair value of advertising time delivered by us on certain barter customers.
 
  (k)   Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
      Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and money market accounts at various commercial banks. All cash equivalents have original maturities of 90 days or less.
 
  (l)   Income Taxes
 
      We file a consolidated federal and combined state and local income tax return for substantially all of our domestic operations. We are also subject to foreign taxes on our Puerto Rico operations. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
(Continued)

 

60


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
      In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. If the realization of deferred tax assets in the future is considered more likely than not, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period such determination is made. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, at this time, management believes it is more likely than not that we will not realize the benefits of the majority of these deductible differences. As a result, we have established and maintained a valuation allowance for that portion of the deferred tax assets we believe will not be realized. We account for uncertain tax positions which require that a position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return be recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not (a likelihood of more than 50 percent) that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Interest and penalties on tax liabilities, if any, would be recorded in interest expense and other non-interest expense, respectively (see note 12).
 
  (m)   Advertising Costs
 
      We incur advertising costs to add and maintain listeners. These costs are charged to expense in the period incurred. Cash advertising costs amounted to $0.1 million and $0.3 million in fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
 
  (n)   Contingent Liabilities
 
      Accounting standards require that an estimated loss from a loss contingency shall be accrued when information available prior to the issuance of the financial statements indicate that it is probable that an asset has been impaired or a liability has been incurred at the date of the financial statements and when the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Accounting for contingencies such as legal and income tax matters requires us to use our judgment. We believe that our accruals for these matters are adequate. Nevertheless, the actual loss from a loss contingency might differ from our estimates.
 
  (o)   Use of Estimates
 
      The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions, include the useful lives of fixed assets; allowance for doubtful accounts; the valuation of derivatives; deferred tax assets; fixed assets, and share-based compensation. These estimates and assumptions are based on management’s best judgments. Management evaluates its estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis using historical experience and other factors, including the current economic environment, which management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management adjusts such estimates and assumptions as facts and circumstances dictate. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets and reductions in advertising spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
 
  (p)   Concentration of Business and Credit Risks
 
      Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of risk include primarily cash, and trade receivables and financial instruments used in hedging activities (see notes 2(w) and 4). We place our cash with highly rated credit institutions. Although we try to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one financial institution, we do in the normal course of business maintain cash balances in excess of federally insured limits.
(Continued)

 

61


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
      Our operations are conducted in several markets across the United States, including Puerto Rico. Our New York, Miami and Los Angeles markets accounted for more than 70% of net revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. Our credit risk is spread across a large number of diverse customers in a number of different industries, thus spreading the trade credit risk. We do not normally require collateral on credit sales; however, a credit analysis is performed before extending substantial credit to any customer and occasionally we request payment in advance. We establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on customers’ payment history and perceived credit risks.
 
  (q)   Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
 
      Basic net income (loss) per common share was computed by dividing net loss available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock and convertible preferred stock outstanding for each period presented. Diluted net loss per common share is computed by giving effect to common stock equivalents as if they were outstanding for the entire period. Common stock equivalents were not considered for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, since their effect would be anti-dilutive. If included, common stock equivalents for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009 would have amounted to 45. The following table summarizes the net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders and the net income (loss) per common share for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands, except per share data):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 15,042       (13,778 )
Less: dividends on Series B preferred stock
    (9,927 )     (9,927 )
 
           
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders
    5,115       (23,705 )
 
           
Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common stock
  $ 0.07       (0.33 )
 
           
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
    72,614       72,517  
Basic and diluted
    72,816       72,517  
 
           
  (r)   Fair Value Measurement
 
      We determine the fair value of assets and liabilities using a fair value hierarchy that distinguishes between market participant assumptions developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity, and the reporting entity’s own assumptions about market participant assumptions developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.
(Continued)

 

62


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
      Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, essentially an exit price (see note 16). The levels of the fair value hierarchy are:
Level 1: inputs are quoted prices, unadjusted, in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.
Level 2: inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. A Level 2 input must be observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3: inputs are unobservable and reflect the reporting entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.
  (s)   Share-based Compensation Expense
 
      We account for our share-based compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For these awards, we have recognized compensation expense using a straight-line amortization method (prorated). Share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Share-based compensation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were reduced for estimated forfeitures. When estimating forfeitures, we consider voluntary termination behaviors, as well as trends of actual option forfeitures.
 
  (t)   Leasing (Operating Leases)
 
      We recognize rent expense for operating leases with periods of free rent (including construction periods), step rent provisions and escalation clauses on a straight line basis over the applicable lease term. We consider lease renewals in the useful life of related leasehold improvements when such renewals are reasonably assured. We take these provisions into account when calculating minimum aggregate rental commitments under noncancelable operating leases (see note 11). From time to time, we receive capital improvement funding from our lessors. These amounts are recorded as deferred liabilities and amortized over the remaining lease term as a reduction of rent expense.
 
  (u)   Segment Reporting
 
      Accounting standards establish the way public business enterprises report information about operating segments in annual financial statements and require those enterprises to report selected information about operating segments in interim financial reports issued to stockholders. We have two reportable segments: radio and television (see note 17).
 
  (v)   Other, Net
 
      In the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the amount in other, net in our consolidated statement of operations was primarily related to the write-down of a deposit.
 
  (w)   Derivative Instrument
 
      We only enter into derivative contracts to hedge against the potential impact of increases in interest rates on our debt instruments. We also only enter into derivative contracts that we intend to designate as a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge).
 
      By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, we expose ourselves to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. We attempt to minimize the credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than Aa.
(Continued)

 

63


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
      Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
 
      For all hedging relationships, we formally document the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method of measuring ineffectiveness. We also formally assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting cash flows of hedged items.
 
      We are accounting for our interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges, which requires us to recognize all derivative instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. The related gains or losses on these instruments are deferred in stockholders’ deficit as a component of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income. The deferred gains or losses on these transactions are recognized in income in the period in which the related items being hedged are recognized in expense. However, to the extent that the change in value of the derivative contracts does not offset the change in the value of the underlying transaction being hedged, that ineffective portion is immediately recognized into income. We recognize gains and losses immediately when the underlying transaction settles. For cash flow hedges in which hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective cash flow hedge, we continue to carry the derivative instrument at its fair value on the consolidated balance sheet and recognize any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings (change in fair value of derivative instrument).
 
  (x)   Comprehensive Loss
 
      Our comprehensive loss consists of net income (loss) and other items recorded directly to the equity accounts. The objective is to report a measure of all changes in equity of an enterprise that result from transactions and other economic events during the period. Our other comprehensive loss consists of net income (loss) and gains and losses on derivative instruments that qualify for cash flow hedge treatment.
 
  (y)   New Accounting Standards
 
      In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): When to Perform Step 2 of the Goodwill Impairment Test for Reporting Units with Zero or Negative Carrying Amounts, a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (Issue No. 10-A). ASU 2010-28 modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test under ASC Topic 350 for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts to require an entity to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are adverse qualitative factors, including the examples provided in ASC paragraph 350-20-35-30, in determining whether an interim goodwill impairment test between annual test dates is necessary. The ASU allows an entity to use either the equity or enterprise valuation premise to determine the carrying amount of a reporting unit. ASU 2010-28 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2010-28 on its consolidated financial statements and has preliminarily concluded that it will not have a material impact.
(3)   Impairment Charges and Restructuring Costs
    Impairment of FCC Broadcasting Licenses
 
    We generally perform our annual impairment test of our indefinite-lived intangibles during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year.
(Continued)

 

64


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
    During the fourth quarter 2010 annual impairment test, we determined that there was no impairment of our FCC broadcasting licenses. During the fourth quarter 2009 annual impairment test, we determined that there was an impairment of our FCC broadcasting licenses. We recorded a non-cash impairment loss of approximately $8.5 million that reduced the carrying values of our FCC broadcasting licenses. The tax impact of the impairment loss was an approximate $0.6 million tax benefit, which was related to the reduction of the book/tax basis differences on our FCC broadcasting licenses.
 
    Given the deteriorating economic conditions and revenue declines in the broadcasting industry in 2009 and 2008, we also performed an interim impairment test as of March 31, 2009. As a result of the March 31, 2009 interim impairment test, we determined that there was an impairment of our FCC broadcasting licenses. We recorded a non-cash impairment loss of approximately $10.1 million that reduced the carrying values of our FCC broadcasting licenses. The tax impact of the impairment loss was an approximate $4.1 million tax benefit, which was related to the reduction of the book/tax basis differences on our FCC broadcasting licenses.
 
    The impairment losses were due to changes in estimates and assumptions which were primarily (a) lower industry advertising revenue growth projections in our respective markets, (b) lower industry profit margins, and (c) increased risk adjusted discount rates used in fair value determinations. Also, the current decline in cash flow multiples for recent station sales were considered in the estimates and assumptions used.
 
    Impairment of Property and Equipment
 
    During the fiscal year 2010, we entered into a sublease of office space and determined that $1.3 million of property and equipment related to leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures were impaired.
 
    During the fiscal year 2009, we entered into a sublease of office space and determined that $1.4 million of property and equipment related to leasehold improvements and furniture and fixtures were impaired.
 
    Restructuring Costs
 
    We incurred restructuring costs related to the abandonment of a leased office space and losses on various subleased office spaces.
 
    During the fiscal year 2010, we incurred restructuring costs of $1.7 million, of which $1.0 million was paid in 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the total accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheet related to restructuring costs was $1.6 million, which was included in other liabilities.
 
    During the fiscal year 2009, we incurred restructuring expenses of $1.6 million, of which $1.0 million was paid in 2009. As of December 31, 2009, the total accrued expenses on our consolidated balance sheet related to restructuring activities was $0.9 million, of which $0.1 million was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses and $0.8 million was included in other liabilities.
(4)   Derivatives and Hedging Activities
    At December 31, 2010 and 2009, derivative financial instruments are comprised of the following (in thousands):
                                                 
    Fixed             2010     2009     2010     2009  
    interest     Expiration     Notional     Notional     Fair     Fair  
Agreement   rate     date     amounts     amounts     value     value  
 
Interest rate swap
    5.98 %   June 2010   $       309,563     $       5,863  
Interest rate swap
    6.31 %   January 2017     6,452       6,758       829       612  
 
                                       
 
                  $ 6,452       316,321     $ 829       6,475  
 
                                       
(Continued)

 

65


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
    In June 2005, we entered into a five-year interest rate swap agreement for the original notional principal amount of $324.2 million whereby we paid a fixed interest rate of 5.98% as compared to interest at a floating rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 175 basis points. The interest rate swap amortization schedule was identical to the First Lien Credit Facility amortization schedule during June 2005 to June 2010 (see note 7).
 
    In September and October 2008, the counterparty to this interest rate swap, Lehman Brothers Special Financing Inc., and its parent and credit support provider, Lehman Brothers Holdings Inc., each filed for bankruptcy. Based on these bankruptcy filings, this cash flow hedge was deemed ineffective and no longer qualified for hedge accounting. Therefore, the change in fair value from September 2008 to June 2010 was recorded in earnings as a “Change in fair value of derivative instrument.” For the fiscal years ended 2010 and 2009, the change in the fair value of derivative instrument totaled $5.9 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Additionally, the Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss associated with this hedge as of September 2008 was $7.8 million and was reclassified into earnings (interest expense) monthly until June 2010. For the fiscal years ended 2010 and 2009, $1.9 million and $5.4 million were reclassified and recorded as interest expense, respectively.
 
    As a result of the Lehman bankruptcy filings, a dispute arose with respect to the outstanding payments under the swap agreement. On June 17, 2010, the parties successfully resolved the dispute under mediation and entered into a confidential settlement and release agreement. The financial impact of the settlement is reflected in our consolidated balance sheet and statement of operations.
 
    On January 4, 2007, we entered into a ten-year interest rate swap agreement for the original notional principal amount of $7.7 million whereby we will pay a fixed interest rate of 6.31%, as compared to interest at a floating rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 125 basis points. The interest rate swap amortization schedule is identical to the promissory note amortization schedule, which has an effective date of January 4, 2007, monthly notional reductions and an expiration date of January 4, 2017 (see note 8).
(5) Property and Equipment, Net
    Property and equipment, net consists of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
                         
                    Estimated  
    2010     2009     useful lives  
 
Land
  $ 7,306       7,306        
Building and building improvements
    35,931       35,822     7–20 years  
Tower and antenna systems
    5,646       5,258     10 years  
Studio and technical equipment
    19,945       19,459     5–10 years  
Furniture and fixtures
    5,152       5,444     5–10 years  
Transmitter equipment
    7,253       6,942     10 years  
Leasehold improvements
    3,162       6,434     1–20 years  
Computer equipment and software
    6,517       6,327     3–5 years  
Other
    1,913       1,933     3–5 years  
 
                   
 
    92,825       94,925          
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (52,819 )     (49,560 )        
 
                   
 
  $ 40,006       45,365          
 
                   
(Continued)

 

66


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, depreciation and amortization of property and equipment totaled $5.8 million and $6.3 million, respectively.
(6)  
Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses
Accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Accounts payable — trade
  $ 2,423       3,002  
Accrued compensation and commissions
    5,570       6,464  
Accrued professional fees
    1,779       1,445  
Accrued step-up leases
    1,222       1,380  
Accrued income taxes
    1,818       1,704  
Other accrued expenses
    5,168       4,216  
 
           
 
  $ 17,980       18,211  
 
           
(7)  
Senior Secured Credit Facilities
Senior secured credit facilities consist of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Revolving credit facility of $25.0 million, due 2010
  $       15,000  
Term loan payable due in quarterly principal repayments of 0.25% of the original outstanding amount of $325.0 million including variable interest based on LIBOR plus 175 basis points, with outstanding balance due in 2012
    306,313       309,563  
 
           
 
    306,313       324,563  
 
               
Less current portion
    (3,250 )     (18,250 )
 
           
 
  $ 303,063       306,313  
 
           
The maturities of our senior credit facilities are as follows at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 3,250  
2012
    303,063  
 
     
 
  $ 306,313  
 
     
(Continued)

 

67


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
On June 10, 2005, we entered into a first lien credit agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, as syndication agent (“Merrill Lynch”), Wachovia Bank, National Association, as documentation agent (“Wachovia”), Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent (“Lehman”), and certain other lenders. The First Lien Credit Facility consists of a term loan in the amount of $325.0 million, payable in twenty-eight consecutive quarterly installments commencing on June 30, 2005, and continuing on the last day of each of December, March, June and September of each year thereafter, through, and including, March 31, 2012. The amount of the quarterly installment due on each such payment date is equal to 0.25% of the original principal balance of the term loan funded on June 10, 2005, which is approximately $0.8 million. The term loan is due and payable on June 10, 2012. The First Lien Credit Facility also includes a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $25.0 million. On October 3, 2008, we requested to draw down $25.0 million from our $25.0 million revolving credit facility. On October 8, 2008, we only received an aggregate of $15.0 million of the $25.0 million revolver, as a result of Lehman’s failure to fund its $10.0 million portion of the facility due to its bankruptcy filing. In June 2010, the revolving credit matured and the outstanding balance of $15.0 million was repaid.
Interest and Fees
The interest rates per annum applicable to loans under the First Lien Credit Facility are, at our option, the Base Rate or Eurodollar Base Rate (as defined in the respective credit agreement) plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The applicable margin under our First Lien Credit Facility is either (i) 1.75% per annum for Eurodollar loans or (ii) 0.75% per annum for Base Rate loans. The Base Rate is a fluctuating interest rate equal to the greater of (1) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (2) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus one-half of 1%.
The applicable margin of the revolving credit facility was either (i) 2.00% per annum for Eurodollar loans or (ii) 1.00% per annum for Base Rate loans. In addition, we were required to pay the lenders under the revolving credit facility under the First Lien Credit Facility a commitment fee with respect to any unused commitments thereunder, at a per annum rate of 0.50%.
Collateral and Guarantees
Our domestic subsidiaries, including any future direct or indirect subsidiaries that may be created or acquired by us, with certain exceptions as set forth in the First Lien Credit Facility credit agreement, guarantee our obligations therein. The guarantee is secured by a perfected first priority security interest in substantially all of the guarantors’ tangible and intangible assets (including, without limitation, intellectual property and all of the capital stock of each of our direct and indirect domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of certain of our first-tier foreign subsidiaries), subject to certain exceptions.
Covenants and Other Matters
Our First Lien Credit Facility includes certain negative covenants restricting or limiting our ability to, among other things:
   
incur additional debt, incur contingent obligations and issue additional preferred stock;
 
   
create liens;
 
   
pay dividends, distributions or make other specified restricted payments, and restrict the ability of certain of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other payments to us;
 
   
sell assets;
 
   
make certain capital expenditures, investments and acquisitions;
 
   
enter into certain transactions with affiliates;
 
   
enter into sale and leaseback transactions; and
 
   
merge or consolidate with any other person or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.
(Continued)

 

68


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
The First Lien Credit Facility contains certain customary representations and warranties, affirmative covenants and events of default, including failure to pay principal, interest or fees, material inaccuracy of representations and warranties, violations of covenants, certain bankruptcy and insolvency events, certain ERISA events, certain events related to our FCC licenses, a change of control, cross-defaults to other debt and material judgments.
(8)  
Other Long-Term Debt
Other long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Promissory note payable, due in monthly principal installments of $26, plus interest at 6.31%, commencing January 2007, with balance due on January 2017
  $ 6,452       6,758  
Obligation under capital lease with related party payable in monthly installments of $9, including interest at 6.25%, commencing June 1992. See notes 11 and 14
    136       231  
Various obligations under capital leases
    8       63  
 
           
 
    6,596       7,052  
 
               
Less current portion
    (416 )     (447 )
 
           
 
  $ 6,180       6,605  
 
           
The scheduled maturities of other long-term debt are as follows at December 31, 2010 (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 416  
2012
    340  
2013
    306  
2014
    306  
2015
    306  
Thereafter
    4,922  
 
     
 
  $ 6,596  
 
     
On January 4, 2007, SBS, through its wholly owned subsidiary, SBS Miami Broadcast Center, Inc. (“SBS Miami Broadcast Center”), completed the acquisition of certain real property located in Miami-Dade County, Florida pursuant to the purchase and sale agreement, dated August 24, 2006, as amended on September 25, 2006, as further amended on October 25, 2006. In connection with the acquisition of the real property, on January 4, 2007, SBS Miami Broadcast Center, entered into a loan agreement (the “Loan Agreement”), a ten-year promissory note in the original principal amount of $7.7 million (the “Promissory Note”), and a Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement (the “Mortgage”) in favor of Wachovia Bank. The Promissory Note bears an interest rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 125 basis points and requires monthly principal payments of $0.03 million with any unpaid balance due on its maturity date of January 4, 2017. The Promissory Note is secured by the real property and any related collateral.
(Continued)

 

69


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
The terms of the loan include certain restrictions and covenants for SBS Miami Broadcast Center, which limit, among other things, the incurrence of additional indebtedness and liens. The Loan Agreement specifies a number of events of default (some of which are subject to applicable cure periods), including, among others, the failure to make payments when due, noncompliance with covenants and defaults under other agreements or instruments of indebtedness. Upon the occurrence of an event of default and expiration of any applicable cure periods, Wachovia may accelerate the loan and declare all amounts outstanding to be immediately due and payable.
Additionally, on January 4, 2007, SBS Miami Broadcast Center entered into an interest rate swap arrangement (the “Swap Agreement”) for the original notional principal amount of $7.7 million whereby it will pay a fixed interest rate of 6.31% as compared to interest at a floating rate equal to one-month LIBOR plus 125 basis points on the Promissory Note. The interest rate swap amortization schedule is identical to the Promissory Note amortization schedule, which has an effective date of January 4, 2007, monthly notional reductions and an expiration date of January 4, 2017.
In connection with the acquisition of the property, we agreed to unconditionally guaranty all obligations of SBS Miami Broadcast Center pursuant to the Promissory Note, the Loan Agreement, the Mortgage, the loan documents thereto, and the Swap Agreement, for the benefit of Wachovia and its affiliates (the “Guaranty”). In addition, the terms of the Guaranty contain certain financial covenants, which require us to maintain available liquidity of not less than 1.2 times the then outstanding principal balance of the loan made to SBS Miami Broadcast Center by Wachovia.
(9)  
10 3/4% Series A and B Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock
On October 30, 2003, we partially financed the purchase of a radio station with proceeds from the sale, through a private placement, of 75,000 shares of our 10 3/4% Series A cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, with a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “Series A preferred stock”), without a specified maturity date. The gross proceeds from the issuance of the Series A preferred stock amounted to $75.0 million.
On February 18, 2004, we commenced an offer to exchange registered shares of our 10 3/4% Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share for any and all shares of our outstanding unregistered Series A preferred stock. On April 5, 2004, we completed the exchange offer and exchanged 76,702,083 shares of our Series B preferred stock for all of our then outstanding _____shares of Series A preferred stock.
We have the option to redeem all or some of the registered Series B preferred stock for cash on or after October 15, 2009 at 103.583%, October 15, 2010 at 101.792% and October 15, 2011 and thereafter at 100%, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends to the redemption date. On October 15, 2013, each holder of Series B preferred stock will have the right to require us to redeem all or a portion of such holder’s Series B preferred stock at a purchase price of 100% of the liquidation preference thereof, plus accumulated and unpaid dividends.
Under the terms of our Series B preferred stock, we are required to pay dividends at a rate of 10 3/4% per year of the $1,000 liquidation preference per share of Series B preferred stock. From October 30, 2003 to October 15, 2008, we had the option to pay these dividends in either cash or additional shares of Series B preferred stock. During October 15, 2003 to October 30, 2008, we increased the carrying amount of the Series B preferred stock by approximately $17.3 million for stock dividends, which were accreted using the effective interest method.
(Continued)

 

70


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
Since October 15, 2008, we have been required to pay the dividends on our Series B preferred stock in cash. Our ability to make the dividend payments described above will depend upon our future operating performance and on economic, financial, regulatory and other factors, many of which may be beyond our control.
During the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, our Board, under management’s recommendation, determined that based on the circumstances at the time, among other things, the then current economic environment and future cash requirements, it was not prudent to declare or pay the January 15, 2011, October 15, 2010, July 15, 2010, January 15, 2010, October 15, 2009 and July 15, 2009 cash dividends in the aggregate amount of approximately $14.5 million, which is accrued on our consolidated balance sheet as Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock dividends payable.
(10)  
Stockholders’ Equity
  (a)  
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
On December 23, 2004, in connection with the closing of the merger agreement, dated October 5, 2004, with CBS Radio (formerly known as Infinity Media Corporation, CBS Radio), a division of CBS Corporation, Infinity Broadcasting Corporation of San Francisco and SBS Bay Area, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of SBS, we issued to CBS Radio (i) an aggregate of 380,000 shares of Series C convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share, each of which is convertible at the option of the holder into twenty fully paid and non-assessable shares of our Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The shares of Series C preferred stock issued at the closing of the merger are convertible into 7,600,000 shares of our Class A common stock, subject to adjustment.
In connection with the closing of the merger transaction, we also entered into a registration rights agreement with CBS Radio, pursuant to which CBS Radio may instruct us to file up to three registration statements, on a best efforts basis, with the SEC providing for the registration for resale of the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the Series C preferred stock.
We are required to pay holders of Series C preferred stock dividends on parity with our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and each other class or series of our capital stock, if created, after December 23, 2004.
  (b)  
Class A and B Common Stock
The rights of the holders of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are identical, except for voting rights and conversion provisions. The Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and the Class B common stock is entitled to ten votes per share. The Class B common stock is convertible to Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis at the option of the holder at any time, or automatically upon the transfer to a person or entity which is not a permitted transferee. Holders of each class of common stock are entitled to receive dividends and, upon liquidation or dissolution, are entitled to receive all assets available for distribution to stockholders. The holders of each class have no preemptive or other subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions with respect to such shares. Each class of common stock is subordinate to our 10 3/4% Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share and liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and on parity with the Series C preferred stock with respect to dividend rights and rights upon liquidation, winding up and dissolution of SBS.
(Continued)

 

71


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
  (c)  
Share-Based Compensation Plans
2006 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan
In July 2006, we adopted an omnibus equity compensation plan (the “Omnibus Plan”) in which grants can be made to participants in any of the following forms: (i) incentive stock options, (ii) non-qualified stock options, (iii) stock appreciation rights, (iv) stock units, (v) stock awards, (vi) dividend equivalents, and (vii) other stock-based awards. The Omnibus Plan authorizes up to 3,500,000 shares of our Class A common stock for issuance, subject to adjustment in certain circumstances. The Omnibus Plan provides that the maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock that may be granted, other than dividend equivalents, to any individual during any calendar year is 1,000,000 shares, subject to adjustments. In addition, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Class A common stock with respect to grants of stock units, stock awards and other stock-based awards that may be granted to any individual during a calendar year is also 1,000,000 shares, subject to adjustments.
1999 Stock Option Plans
In September 1999, we adopted an employee incentive stock option plan (the “1999 ISO Plan”) and a non-employee director stock option plan (the “1999 NQ Plan,” and together with the 1999 ISO Plan, the “1999 Stock Option Plans”). Options granted under the 1999 ISO Plan vest according to the terms determined by the compensation committee of our board of directors, and have a contractual life of up to ten years from the date of grant. Options granted under the 1999 NQ Plan vest 20% upon grant and 20% each year for the first four years from the date of grant. All options granted under the 1999 ISO Plan and the 1999 NQ Plan vest immediately upon a change in control of SBS, as defined therein. A total of 3,000,000 shares and 300,000 shares of Class A common stock were reserved for issuance under the 1999 ISO Plan and the 1999 NQ Plan, respectively. In September 2009, our 1999 Stock Options Plans expired; therefore, no more options can be granted under these plans. Additionally, on November 2, 1999, we granted a stock option to purchase 250,000 shares of Class A common stock to a former director. This option vested immediately, and expired on November 2, 2009.
Accounting for Share-Based Plans
We recognize share-based compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value method using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. For these awards, we have recognized compensation expense using a straight-line amortization method (prorated). Share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. Share-based compensation for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was reduced for estimated forfeitures. When estimating forfeitures, we consider voluntary termination behaviors, as well as trends of actual option forfeitures. For the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, share-based compensation totaled $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
As of December 31, 2010, there was $0.1 million of total unrecognized compensation costs related to nonvested stock-based compensation arrangements granted under all of our plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 3 years.
Accounting standards require that cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits to be classified as a part of cash flows from financing activities. Excess tax benefits are realized tax benefits related to tax deductions for exercised options in excess of the deferred tax asset attributable to stock compensation costs for such options.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no stock options were exercised; therefore, no cash payments were received. In addition, during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not recognize a tax benefit on our stock-based compensation expense due to our valuation allowance on substantially all of our deferred tax assets.
(Continued)

 

72


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
Valuation Assumptions
We calculated the fair value of each option award on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The per share weighted average fair value of stock options granted to employees during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $0.50 and $0.62, respectively. The following weighted average assumptions were used for each respective period:
         
    2010   2009
 
Expected term
  7 years   7 years
Dividends to common stockholders
     None      None
Risk-free interest rate
     1.75%      3.11%
Expected volatility
  105.22%     99.43%
Our computation of expected volatility for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was based on a combination of historical and market-based implied volatility from traded options on our stock. Our computation of expected term in 2010 and 2009 was determined based on historical experience of similar awards, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The information provided above results from the behavior patterns of separate groups of employees that have similar historical experience. The interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the award is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.
(Continued)

 

73


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
Stock Options and Nonvested Shares Activity
Stock options have only been granted to employees or directors. Our stock options have various vesting schedules and are subject to the employees continuing service to SBS. A summary of the status of our stock options, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and changes during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, is presented below (in thousands, except per share data and contractual life):
                                 
                            Weighted  
            Weighted             average  
            average     Aggregate     remaining  
            exercise     intrinsic     contractual  
    Shares     price     value     life (years)  
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
    2,747     $ 10.17              
Granted
    100       0.73              
Exercised
                       
Forfeited
    (790 )     18.75              
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    2,057     $ 6.41              
Granted
    150       1.11              
Exercised
                       
Forfeited
    (289 )     7.05                
 
                       
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    1,918     $ 5.90     $ 86       4.7  
 
                               
Excercisable at December 31, 2010
    1,868     $ 6.01     $ 86       4.6  
 
                       
During the fiscal years 2010 and 2009, no stock options were exercised.
The following table summarizes information about our stock options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2010 (in thousands, except per share data and contractual life):
                                                 
                            Weighted                
                    Weighted     average             Weighted  
                    average     remaining             average  
    Vested     Unvested     exercise     contractual     Options     exercise  
Range of exercise prices   options     options     price     life (years)     exercisable     price  
 
$0.20–4.99
    675       50     $ 1.64       7.8       675     $ 1.61  
$5.00–9.99
    995             8.04       2.6       995       8.04  
$10.00–14.99
    198               10.79       3.8       198       10.79  
 
                                         
 
 
    1,868       50       5.90       4.7       1,868       6.01  
 
                                         
Nonvested shares (restricted stock) are awarded to employees under our Omnibus Plan. In general, nonvested shares vest over two to five years and are subject to the employees’ continuing service to SBS. The cost of nonvested shares is determined using the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. The compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period.
(Continued)

 

74


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
A summary of the status of our nonvested shares, as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and changes during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, is presented below (in thousands, except per share data):
                         
            Weighted        
            average        
            grant-date     Aggregate  
            fair value     intrinsic  
    Shares     (per share)     value  
 
Nonvested at December 31, 2008
    225     $ 1.75          
Awarded
                   
Vested
    (97 )     1.78          
Forfeited
                   
 
                     
Nonvested at December 31, 2009
    128       1.73          
Awarded
                   
Vested
    (98 )     1.78          
Forfeited
                   
 
                   
Nonvested at December 31, 2010
    30     $ 1.57     $ 22  
 
                   
(11)  
Commitments
  (a)  
Leases
We have a building under a capital lease agreement, which is partially owned by our Chief Executive Officer, expiring in June 2012. Also, we have furniture and fixtures under various capital leases that expire at various dates through 2011. The amounts capitalized under these lease agreements and included in property and equipment at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Building under capital lease
  $ 1,230       1,230  
Various furniture and fixtures under capital leases
    135       178  
 
           
 
    1,365       1,408  
 
Less accumulated depreciation
    (1,360 )     (1,355 )
 
           
 
  $ 5       53  
 
           
We lease office space and facilities and certain equipment under operating leases, some of which are with related parties (see note 14), that expire at various dates through 2082. Certain leases provide for base rental payments plus escalation charges for real estate taxes and operating expenses.
(Continued)

 

75


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
At December 31, 2010, future minimum lease payments under such leases are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    Capital     Operating  
    lease     lease  
 
Fiscal year ending December 31:
               
2011
  $ 159       4,444  
2012
    53       4,502  
2013
          4,337  
2014
          4,156  
2015
          2,484  
Thereafter
          9,667  
 
           
Total minimum lease payments
    212       29,590  
 
             
Less executory costs
    (60 )        
 
             
 
    152          
 
Less interest
    (8 )        
 
             
Present value of minimum lease payments
  $ 144          
 
             
In connection with an operating lease, we have a standby letter of credit of $0.1 million, which was required under the lease terms.
Total rent expense for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 amounted to $3.8 million and $4.6 million, respectively.
We have agreements to sublease our radio frequencies and portions of our tower sites and buildings. Such agreements provide for payments through 2016. The future minimum rental income to be received under these agreements as of December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 1,510  
2012
    1,753  
2013
    1,853  
2014
    1,901  
2015
    880  
Thereafter
    1,201  
 
     
 
  $ 9,098  
 
     
(Continued)

 

76


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
  (b)  
Employment and Service Agreements
At December 31, 2010, we are committed to employment and service contracts for certain executives, on-air talent, general managers, and others expiring through 2014. Future payments under such contracts are as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 8,827  
2012
    3,936  
2013
    1,340  
2014
    47  
 
     
 
  $ 14,150  
 
     
Included in the future payments schedule is our Chief Executive Officer’s (CEO) employment agreement, which may expire on December 31, 2011. Our CEO’s annual base salary is $1.25 million, and he is eligible to receive a cash bonus equal to 7.5% of the dollar increase in same station operating income, as defined, for any fiscal year, including acquired stations on a pro forma basis. Under the terms of the agreement, the board of directors, in its sole discretion, may increase the CEO’s annual base salary and cash bonus. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, our CEO was awarded a cash bonus totaling $0.5 million, which was included in accounts payable and accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010.
Certain employees’ contracts provide for additional amounts to be paid if station ratings or cash flow targets are met.
  (c)  
401(k) Profit-Sharing Plan
In September 1999, we adopted a tax-qualified employee savings and retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”). We can make matching and/or profit-sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of all participants at our sole discretion. All employees over the age of 21 that have completed at least 500 hours of service are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. To date, we have not made contributions to this plan.
(Continued)

 

77


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
  (d)  
Other Commitments
At December 31, 2010, we have commitments to vendors that provide us with goods or services. These commitments included services for rating services, programming contracts, software contracts and others. Future payments under such commitments are as follows (in thousands):
         
Fiscal year ending December 31:
       
2011
  $ 17,146  
2012
    9,668  
2013
    9,573  
2014
    6,602  
2015
    5,428  
Thereafter
    153  
 
     
 
  $ 48,570  
 
     
(12)  
Income Taxes
Total income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were allocated as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
Income from operations
  $ 6,976       2,691  
 
           
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, income before taxes consists of the following (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
U.S. operations
  $ 25,436       (5,915 )
Foreign operations
    (3,418 )     (5,172 )
 
           
 
  $ 22,018       (11,087 )
 
           
(Continued)

 

78


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
The components of the provision for income tax expense (benefit) included in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Current:
               
Federal
  $       (380 )
State and local, net of federal income tax benefit
    35       35  
Foreign
    102       (290 )
 
           
 
    137       (635 )
 
           
 
               
Deferred:
               
Federal
    5,913       2,213  
State and local, net of federal income tax benefit
    926       1,113  
Foreign
           
 
           
 
    6,839       3,326  
 
           
Total income tax expense
  $ 6,976       2,691  
 
           
For fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, no net operating loss carry-forwards were utilized.
(Continued)

 

79


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
The tax effect of temporary differences and carry-forwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows (in thousands):
                 
    2010     2009  
Deferred tax assets:
               
Federal and state net operating loss carryforwards
  $ 74,150       75,255  
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards
    13,605       13,963  
FCC licenses
    37,978       46,811  
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    843       1,108  
Unearned revenue
    303       234  
AMT credit
    806       806  
Derivatives and hedging instruments
    1,998       4,948  
Fixed assets
    2,063       997  
Accrued foreign witholding
    2,152       2,051  
Straight-line expense adjustments
    937        
Accrued restructuring
    559        
Production costs
    6,542       4,031  
Other
    4,779       4,992  
 
           
 
               
Total gross deferred tax assets
    146,715       155,196  
 
               
Less valuation allowance
    (145,909 )     (154,390 )
 
           
 
               
Net deferred tax assets
    806       806  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
FCC licenses
    79,053       72,214  
 
           
 
               
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
    79,053       72,214  
 
           
Net deferred tax liability
  $ 78,247       71,408  
 
           
The net change in the total valuation allowance for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was a decrease of $8.5 million and an increase of $3.3 million, respectively. The valuation allowance at 2010 and 2009 was primarily related to domestic and foreign net operating loss carryforwards and future deductible amounts related to the excess tax basis over the book basis of certain FCC broadcasting licenses. As a result of adopting ASC 350 on December 31, 2001, amortization of the FCC broadcasting licenses stopped for financial statement purposes. However, the tax amortization of certain FCC broadcasting licenses recognized during the year as well as the expiration of certain net operating losses resulted in a decrease in gross deferred tax assets related to those intangibles and the net operating losses, which were accompanied by an offsetting decrease in the related valuation allowance for the year ending December 31, 2010. The impairment of certain FCC broadcasting licenses recognized during the year ended December 31, 2009 resulted in the reversal of certain deferred tax liabilities or an increase in the gross deferred tax assets relating to those intangibles, which were accompanied by an offsetting increase in the related valuation allowance for the year ending December 31, 2009.
In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. If the realization of deferred tax assets in the future is considered more likely than not, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets would increase net income in the period such determination is made.
(Continued)

 

80


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, at this time, management believes it is more likely than not that we will not realize the benefits of the majority of these deductible differences. As a result, we have established and maintained a valuation allowance for that portion of the deferred tax assets we believe will not be realized. At December 31, 2010, we have federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $184.4 million and $190.5 million, respectively. These net operating loss carry-forwards are available to offset future taxable income and expire from the years 2011 through 2030. In addition, at December 31, 2010, we have foreign net operating loss carry-forwards of approximately $34.9 million available to offset future taxable income expiring from the years 2011 through 2017.
Total income tax expense from continuing operations differed from the amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal income tax rate of 35% for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, as a result of the following:
                 
    2010     2009  
 
               
Computed “expected” tax expense (benefit)
    35.0 %     (35.0 )%
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
    7.3       (3.2 )
Foreign tax differental
    (0.6 )     (1.9 )
Current year change in valuation allowance
    (35.4 )     50.2  
Nondeductible expenses
    1.4       1.8  
Change in effective rate
    (0.6 )     7.1  
Expiration of net operating losses
    26.4        
Other
    (1.9 )     5.3  
 
           
 
    31.6 %     24.3 %
 
           
U.S. Federal jurisdiction and the jurisdictions of Florida, New York, California, Illinois and Puerto Rico are the major tax jurisdictions where we file income tax returns. The tax years that remain subject to assessment of additional liabilities by the federal, state and local tax authorities are 2007 through 2010. The tax years that remain subject to assessment of additional liabilities by the Puerto Rico tax authority are 2005 through 2010.
For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, we did not have any unrecognized tax benefits as a result of tax positions taken during a prior period or during the current period. No interest or penalties have been recorded as a result of tax uncertainties. Our evaluation was performed for the tax years ended December 31, 2005 through December 31, 2010, which are the tax years that remain subject to examination by the tax jurisdictions as of December 31, 2010.
(13)  
Contingencies
FCC Licenses Matters
The broadcasting industry is subject to extensive regulation by the FCC under the Communications Act of 1996. We are required to obtain licenses from the FCC to operate our stations. Licenses are normally granted for a term of eight years and are renewable. We have timely filed license renewal applications for all of our stations; however, a certain license was not renewed prior to its expiration date. Based on having filed the timely renewal application, we continue to operate the radio station operating under the license and anticipate that it will be renewed.
(Continued)

 

81


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(14)  
Related-Party Transactions
Our corporate headquarters are located in office space previously owned by Irradio Holdings Ltd., a Florida limited partnership, for which the general partner is Irradio Investments, Inc., a Florida subchapter S corporation, wholly owned by our Chief Executive Officer. In January 2011, Irradio Holdings sold the leased space to Agave Acquisitions, LLC and transferred all of its rights and obligations; therefore, eliminating the related party transaction.
The lease term of the office space is through April 30, 2015, with the option to renew all or some of the existing office space for an additional five years. During 2010 and 2009, the Company subleased certain of its existing office space to subtenants to reduce expenses. In 2011, we will pay an annual rent of approximately $2.0 million for all the space leased under the lease, which will be offset by rent income of approximately $1.0 million.
We also have a building under a capital lease agreement, which is partially owned by our Chief Executive Officer (see note 11(a)). The building lease expires in 2012 and calls for an annual base rent of approximately $0.1 million.
On January 1, 2008, we entered into a local marketing agreement with South Broadcasting System, Inc. (“South Broadcasting”), a company owned by the estate of our late Chairman Emeritus, Raul Alarcon, Sr. Pursuant to the local marketing agreement, we are permitted to broadcast our Mexican Regional programming on radio station 106.3 FM (the “LMA Station”). We are required to pay the operating costs of the LMA Station and in exchange we retain all revenues from the sale of the advertising within the programming we provide. Under the terms of the local marketing agreement, we have the right of first negotiation and the right of first refusal to match a competing offer. However, after the first anniversary of the effective date, if we do not agree to match the terms of the competing offer within the ten (10) business day period or fail to notify South Broadcasting of our intent to match the competing offer, then South Broadcasting has the right to accept such offer, provided South Broadcasting pays us the early termination fee equal to the lesser of 5% of the aggregate purchase price of the LMA Station or $1.0 million. On May 8, 2009, the local marketing agreement was renewed for three years and will terminate on its terms on December 31, 2011.
During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, one of our members of the board of directors served as our business consultant and was paid an annual retainer of $0.1 million, respectively.
(15)  
Litigation
From time to time we are involved in various routine legal and administrative proceedings and litigation incidental to the conduct of our business, such as contractual matters and employee-related matters. In the opinion of management, such litigation is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results or financial condition.
(a) Wolf, et al., Litigation
On November 28, 2001, a complaint was filed against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York and was amended on April 19, 2002. The amended complaint alleges that the named plaintiff, Mitchell Wolf, purchased shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to the October 27, 1999 prospectus and registration statement relating to our initial public offering, which closed on November 2, 1999. The complaint was brought on behalf of Mr. Wolf and an alleged class of similarly situated purchasers against us, eight underwriters and/or their successors-in-interest who led or otherwise participated in our IPO, two members of our senior management team, one of whom is the Chairman of our Board of Directors, and an additional director. The complaint was never served upon the Individual Defendants.
(Continued)

 

82


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
This case is one of more than 300 similar cases brought by similar counsel against more than 300 issuers, 40 underwriters and 1,000 individual defendants alleging, in general, violations of federal securities laws in connection with initial public offerings, in particular, failing to disclose that the underwriters allegedly solicited and received additional, excessive and undisclosed commissions from certain investors in exchange for which they allocated to those investors material portions of the restricted shares issued in connection with each offering. All of these cases, including the one involving us, have been assigned for consolidated pretrial purposes to one judge of the Southern District of New York. The issuer defendants in the consolidated cases filed motions to dismiss the consolidated cases. These motions to dismiss covered issues common among all Issuer Defendants and issues common among all underwriter defendants in the consolidated cases. As a result of these motions, the Individual Defendants were dismissed from one of the claims against them, specifically the Section 10b-5 claim. On September 21, 2007, Kaye Scholer LLP, on behalf of the Individual Defendants, executed a tolling agreement with plaintiffs providing for the dismissal without prejudice of all claims against the Individual Defendants upon the provision to plaintiffs of documentation showing that SBS has entity coverage for the period in question. Documentation of such coverage was subsequently provided to plaintiffs on December 19, 2007.
On October 13, 2004, the Southern District of New York granted plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in six “focus cases” out of the more than 300 consolidated class actions. The Company was not named in any of the six “focus cases.” On August 31, 2005, the Southern District of New York issued an order of preliminary approval of a settlement proposal among the investors in the plaintiff class, the Issuer Defendants (including us) and the Issuer Defendants’ insurance carriers. The principal components of the Issuers Settlement were: (1) a release of all claims against the Issuer Defendants and their directors, officers and certain other related parties arising out of the alleged wrongful conduct in the amended complaint; (2) the assignment to the plaintiffs of certain of the Issuer Defendants’ potential claims against the Underwriters; and (3) a guarantee by the insurers to the plaintiffs of the difference between $1.0 billion and any lesser amount recovered by the plaintiffs from the Underwriter Defendants. The payments were to be charged to each Issuer Defendant’s insurance policy on a pro rata basis. The plaintiffs appealed the Issuers Settlement to the United States Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit.
On December 5, 2006, the Second Circuit reversed the order, holding that plaintiffs could not satisfy the predominance requirement for a Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 23(b)(3) class action. On June 25, 2007, in light of the Second Circuit’s reversal of the class certification order and its subsequent denial of plaintiffs’ petition for a rehearing or rehearing en banc, the Southern District of New York entered a stipulation between plaintiffs and the Issuer Defendants, terminating the proposed Issuers Settlement which the Southern District of New York had preliminarily approved on August 31, 2005.
On August 14, 2007, plaintiffs filed amended complaints in the six “focus cases” and amended master allegations in the consolidated actions. On November 13, 2007, the Underwriter Defendants and Issuer Defendants moved to dismiss the amended complaints in the six “focus cases.” On March 26, 2008, the Southern District of New York granted in part the motion as to a subset of plaintiffs’ Section 11 claims (alleging civil liabilities on account of false registration statements), but denied the motion as to plaintiffs’ other claims.
On September 27, 2007, plaintiffs filed a renewed motion for class certification with respect to the six focus cases, based on newly proposed class definitions. On October 10, 2008, at plaintiffs’ request, the Southern District of New York ordered the withdrawal without prejudice of plaintiffs’ renewed motion, which had been fully briefed and was sub judice.
On January 7, 2008, the Underwriter Defendants filed a motion (in which the Issuer Defendants joined) to strike class allegations in 26 of the consolidated cases, including the case against the Company, on the ground that plaintiffs lacked a putative class representative in those cases at the time of their May 30, 2007 oral motion. On May 13, 2008, the Southern District of New York issued an order granting the motion in part and striking certain of the class allegations relating to the Section 10b-5 claims in 8 of the 26 actions, including the Section 10b-5 claim against SBS. The order also requires plaintiffs to make certain disclosures with respect to the putative class representatives in the remaining 18 actions. Once the disclosures are filed, the Underwriter Defendants and the Issuer Defendants may seek clarification of the Southern District of New York’s May 13, 2008 order with respect to the status of the remaining 10b-5-related class allegations in the other 8 actions, including the SBS action, as well as the status of the Section 11-related class allegations.
(Continued)

 

83


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
On June 11, 2009, pursuant to a motion filed on April 2, 2009, the Southern District of New York issued a preliminary order of approval of a settlement of all of the consolidated cases, including the case against SBS. On September 19, 2009, the Southern District of New York conducted a hearing regarding the final approval of the settlement of all consolidated cases and, on October 5, 2009, issued an opinion finally approving the settlement. The settlement, which is subject to appeal, will result in a release of all claims against the Underwriter Defendants and the Issuer Defendants, and their officers and directors, in exchange for an aggregate sum of approximately $600 million to be paid into a settlement fund for the benefit of the class plaintiffs. The Company’s and the Individual Defendants’ share of the Settlement Amount would be fully funded by insurance.
On October 23, 2009, several objecting members of the class filed a petition for leave in the Second Circuit to appeal the Southern District of New York’s class definition for purposes of the October 5, 2009 settlement. Several Objectors have also filed notices of appeal in the Second Circuit from the Southern District of New York’s order approving the settlement. On October 29, 2009 plaintiffs filed an answer in opposition to the Objectors’ petition. On November 2, 2009, the Underwriter Defendants filed a response to the Objectors’ petition, taking no position on the petition, but noting that the classes were approved for settlement purposes only and reserving the right to oppose class certification in the event the settlement is not finally approved. The Issuer Defendants have not taken a position on the appeals.
On October 7, 2010, all but two of the Objectors entered into a stipulation with plaintiffs withdrawing their appeals with prejudice. The two remaining Objectors have since submitted briefs to the Second Circuit in support of their appeals. On December 8, 2010, plaintiffs moved to dismiss with prejudice one of the remaining Objectors’ appeals based on alleged violations of the Second Circuit’s rules. The motion is fully briefed and is sub judice. The deadline for filing answering briefs regarding the remaining Objectors’ appeals is stayed pending determination of the motion to dismiss.
(16)  
Fair Value Measurement Disclosures
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Cash and cash equivalents, receivables, as well as accounts payable, and other current liabilities, as reflected in the consolidated financial statements, approximate fair value because of the short-term maturity of these instruments. The estimated fair value of our other long-term debt instruments, approximate their carrying amounts as the interest rates approximate our current borrowing rate for similar debt instruments of comparable maturity, or have variable interest rates.
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
(Continued)

 

84


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
The estimated fair values of our financial instruments are as follows (in millions):
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Gross             Gross        
    carrying             carrying        
    amount     Fair value     amount     Fair value  
 
                               
Senior credit facility term loan
  $ 306.3       291.2       309.6       255.9  
 
                               
10 3/4% Series B cumulative exchangeable redeemable preferred stock
    92.3       69.3       92.3       57.9  
 
                               
Promisory note payable, included in other long-term debt
    6.5       6.4       6.8       6.5  
The fair value estimates of these financial instruments were based upon either: (a) market quotes from a major financial institution taking into consideration the most recent market activity, or (b) a discounted cash flow analysis taking into consideration current rates.
(Continued)

 

85


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
Fair Value of Derivative Instruments
The following tables represent required quantitative disclosures regarding fair values of our derivative instruments (in thousands).
                                 
            Fair value measurements at  
            December 31, 2010  
    December 31, 2010     Liabilities  
    carrying value and     Quoted prices in              
    balance sheet     active markets              
    location of     for identical     Significant other     Significant  
    derivative     instruments     observable inputs     unobservable inputs  
Description   instruments     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
Derivative designed as a cash flow hedging instrument:
                               
 
                               
Interest rate swap
  $ 829             829        
 
                       
                                 
            Fair value measurements at  
            December 31, 2009  
    December 31, 2009     Liabilities  
    carrying value and     Quoted prices in              
    balance sheet     active markets              
    location of     for identical     Significant other     Significant  
    derivative     instruments     observable inputs     unobservable inputs  
Description   instruments     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
Derivative designed as a cash flow hedging instrument:
                               
Interest rate swap
  $ 612             612        
 
                               
Derivative no longer designated as a cash flow hedging instrument:
                             
Interest rate swap
    5,863               5,863        
 
                       
 
                               
Total
  $ 6,475             6,475        
 
                       
The interest rate swap fair value is derived from the present value of the difference in cash flows based on the forward-looking LIBOR yield curve rates, as compared to our fixed rate applied to the hedged amount through the term of the agreement, less adjustments for credit risk.
(Continued)

 

86


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
                 
    December 31,  
Interest rate swap   2010     2009  
    (in thousands)  
 
               
(Loss) gain recognized in other comprehensive loss (effective portion)
  $ (217 )     276  
 
               
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into interest expense
    1,901       5,398  
 
               
Gain recognized in change in fair value of derivative instrument
    5,863       5,790  
Fair Value of Nonfinancial Assets
The following table represents required quantitative disclosures regarding fair values of our nonfinancial assets (in thousands):
                                 
    December 31, 2009     Fair value measurements at  
    carrying value and     December 31, 2009  
    balance sheet     Nonfinancial assets  
    location of     Quoted prices in     Significant other     Significant  
    FCC broadcasting     active markets     observable inputs     unobservable inputs  
Description   licenses     (Level 1)     (Level 2)     (Level 3)  
 
                               
FCC broadcasting licenses
  $ 34,848                   34,848  
During the fourth quarter 2009, we wrote down our FCC broadcasting licenses with carrying amounts of $43.3 million to their fair values of $34.8 million, resulting in an impairment of assets charge of $8.5 million, which is included in impairment charges and restructuring costs. For further discussion on the impairment of assets, see notes 2(f) and 3.
(Continued)

 

87


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
(17)  
Segment Data
The following summary table presents separate financial data for each of our operating segments. The accounting polices applied to determine the segment information are generally the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting polices (see note 2(t)). We evaluate the performance of our operating segments based on separate financial data for each operating segment as provided below (in thousands):
                 
    Fiscal year ended  
    2010     2009  
Net revenue:
               
Radio
  $ 119,533       123,602  
Television
    16,589       15,787  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 136,122       139,389  
 
           
 
               
Engineering and programming expenses:
               
Radio
  $ 22,791       27,435  
Television
    17,170       13,944  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 39,961       41,379  
 
           
 
               
Selling, general, and administrative:
               
Radio
  $ 41,281       41,766  
Television
    7,706       8,263  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 48,987       50,029  
 
           
Corporate expenses
  $ 8,178       9,686  
 
           
 
               
Depreciation and amortization:
               
Radio
  $ 2,646       3,111  
Television
    2,248       2,202  
Corporate
    916       949  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 5,810       6,262  
 
           
 
               
(Gain) loss on sale of assets, net:
               
Radio
  $ 202       (7 )
Television
    8       15  
Corporate
          (22 )
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 210       (14 )
 
           
(Continued)

 

88


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009
                 
    Fiscal year ended  
    2010     2009  
 
               
Impairment of assets and restructuring costs:
               
Radio
  $       14,188  
Television
    43       7,405  
Corporate
    2,981       48  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 3,024       21,641  
 
           
 
               
Operating income (loss):
               
Radio
  $ 52,613       37,109  
Television
    (10,586 )     (16,042 )
Corporate
    (12,075 )     (10,661 )
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 29,952       10,406  
 
           
 
               
Capital expenditures:
               
Radio
  $ 753       525  
Television
    452       380  
Corporate
    332       49  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 1,537       954  
 
           
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
 
               
Total assets:
               
Radio
  $ 425,106       425,565  
Television
    45,707       45,811  
Corporate
    4,006       7,417  
 
           
Consolidated
  $ 474,819       478,793  
 
           

 

89


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Financial Statement Schedule — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
(In thousands, except share data)
                                         
    Balance at     Charged to     Charged to                
    beginning of     cost and     other             Balance at  
Description   year     expense     accounts (1)     Deductions (2)     end of year  
 
                                       
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2009:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 1,675       379             807       1,247  
Valuation allowance on deferred taxes
    151,127       5,568       (2,305 )           154,390  
 
                                       
Fiscal year ended December 31, 2010:
                                       
Allowance for doubtful accounts
    1,247       512             946       813  
Valuation allowance on deferred taxes
    154,390       (7,785 )     (696 )           145,909  
     
(1)  
Amounts charged to other comprehensive income related to derivatitve instruments.
 
(2)  
Cash write-offs, net of recoveries.
See accompanying independent auditors’ report.

 

90


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
(b)  
Exhibits
The following exhibits, which are numbered in accordance with Item 601 of Regulation S-K, are filed herewith or, as noted, incorporated by reference herein:
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  3.1    
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-85499) (the “1999 Registration Statement”)) (Exhibit A to this exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 25, 1996 (the “1996 Current Report”)).
       
 
  3.2    
Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  3.3    
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  3.4    
Certificate of Elimination of 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A of the Company, dated October 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 14, 2003 (the “11/14/03 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  4.1    
Article V of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.2    
Certificate of Designations dated October 29, 2003 Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  4.3    
Certificate of Designations dated October 29, 2003 Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the 10 3/4% Series B Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  4.4    
Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors named therein and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 1994 Registration Statement on Form S-4 (the “1994 Registration Statement”)).
       
 
  4.5    
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 1996 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  4.6    
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 1, 1997 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

 

91


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  4.7    
Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 21, 1999 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.8    
Indenture with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 with The Bank of New York as Trustee, dated November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 1999 (the “1999 Current Report”)).
       
 
  4.9    
Indenture with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 with the Bank of New York as Trustee, dated June 8, 2001 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on June 25, 2001 (the “2001 Form S-3”)).
       
 
  4.10    
Form of stock certificate for the Class A common stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.11    
Certificate of Elimination of 14 1/4% of Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A of the Company, dated October 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2003).
       
 
  4.12    
Certificate of Designation Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (“Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock”) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  4.13    
Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company dated January 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2004).
       
 
  10.1    
Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.2 *  
Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company and certain Management Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.3 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 1999, by and between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.4 *  
Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 1999, by and between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.5    
Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.6    
Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F. Viola and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.7    
Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of the 1994 Registration Statement).

 

92


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.8    
Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related to WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.9    
Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement dated as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.10    
Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raúl Alarcón, Sr., Raúl Alarcón, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.11    
Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996 No. WT-174-A119 1067 between The Port Authority of New Jersey and SBS of Greater New York, Inc. as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.12    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No. 333-26295)).
       
 
  10.13    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 29, 1997 to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, dated January 21, 1999 (Commission File No. 333-29449)).
       
 
  10.14    
Extension of lease of a Condominium Unit (Metropolitan Tower Condominium) between Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (Landlord) and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (Tenant) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.15 *  
Indemnification Agreement with Raúl Alarcón, Jr. dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.16    
Indemnification Agreement with Jason L. Shrinsky dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.17 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.18 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Company Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.19    
Form of Lock-Up Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference in the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.20 *  
Option Grant not under the Stock Option Plans with Arnold Sheiffer, dated October 27, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.21    
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2000, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to the Credit Agreement and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000 (the “2000 Form 10-K”)).

 

93


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.22    
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement made by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. as Administrative Agent, dated as of July 6, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.23 *  
Employment Agreement dated August 31, 2000, between William Tanner and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.24    
Deed of Constitution of Mortgage, Cadena Estereotempo, Inc., as Mortgagor, and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Puerto Rico, as Mortgagee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.25    
Lease Agreement by and between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. made as of December 14, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.26    
First Addendum to Lease between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. as of December 14, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.27    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 2, 2000 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.28    
Addendum to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2001 (“5/9/01 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  10.29    
Time Brokerage Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.30    
93.5 Time Brokerage Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.31    
Radio Network Affiliation Agreement, dated April 5, 2001, between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. and SBS of San Francisco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.32    
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2001, by and among the Company, the lenders party to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2000 and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.33    
Purchase Agreement dated May 24, 2001 between the Company and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2001 Form S-3).
       
 
  10.34    
Registration Rights Agreement dated June 8, 2001 between the Company and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2001 Form S-3).
       
 
  10.35    
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Carl Parmer dated as of August 9, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).
       
 
  10.36 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 15, 2001 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).

 

94


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.37 *  
Form of Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 29, 2001 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Carl Parmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).
       
 
  10.38    
Amendment dated as of February 8, 2002 to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 2, 2000 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., as amended by an Addendum dated March 13, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.39    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 8, 2002 to Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of March 13, 2001 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, as Licensee, and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., as Time Broker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.40    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 8, 2002 to the 93.5 Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of March 13, 2001 by and between Spanish Broadcasting System SouthWest, Inc., as Licensee and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, as Time Broker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.41    
Warrant dated February 8, 2002 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2002).
       
 
  10.42*    
Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 16, 2002 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2002).
       
 
  10.43    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 4, 2002 by and among the Company, KTCY Licensing, Inc. and Entravision — Texas Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.44    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of June 4, 2002 between KTCY Licensing, Inc. as Licensee and Entravision Communications Corporation as Programmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.45 *  
Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan as amended on May 6, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.46 *  
Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors as amended on May 6, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.47 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 29, 2002 between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.48    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 by and among Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc., Big City Radio, Inc. and Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2003 (the “2003 Form 10-K”)).

 

95


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.49    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 between Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. as Licensee and Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc. as Programmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.50    
Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 by the Company in favor of Big City Radio, Inc. and Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.51    
Warrant dated March 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated May 15, 2003 (the “5/15/03 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  10.52    
Warrant dated April 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 5/15/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.53    
Warrant dated May 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated August 13, 2003 (the “8/13/03 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  10.54    
Warrant dated June 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 8/13/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.55    
Warrant dated July 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 8/13/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.56    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 18, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Border Media Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 25, 2003).
       
 
  10.57    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc., KPTI Licensing, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 9, 2003).
       
 
  10.58    
Warrant dated August 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.59    
Warrant dated September 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.60    
Credit Agreement between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.61    
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.62    
Assignment of Leases and Rents by the Company in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).

 

96


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.63    
Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing by the Company in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.64    
Transmission Facilities Lease between the Company and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.65    
Purchase Agreement dated October 30, 2003 between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.66 *  
Registration Rights Agreement dated October 30, 2003 between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.67 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Jack Langer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.68 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Dan Mason (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.69 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 31, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.70 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated October 27, 2003 between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.78 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.71 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.79 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.72 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.80 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.73 *  
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 3, 2004 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2004 (the “5/10/04 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  10.74 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 3, 2004 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.75    
Amendment dated as of April 15, 2004, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc., KPTI Licensing, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.76    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of April 15, 2004 between KPTI Licensing, Inc., and Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).

 

97


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.77 *  
Stock Option Letter Agreement dated as of July 2, 2004 between the Company and Antonio S. Fernandez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2004 (the “8/9/04 Quarterly Report”)).
       
 
  10.78 *  
Stock Option Letter Agreement dated as of July 2, 2004 between the Company and Jose Antonio Villamil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 8/9/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.79    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 26, 2004 between Newsweb Corporation and Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 8/9/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.80    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 17, 2004 between Styles Media Group, LLC and Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2004).
       
 
  10.81    
Merger Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 among Infinity Media Corporation, Infinity Broadcasting Corporation of San Francisco, Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and SBS Bay Area, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.82    
Stockholder Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Infinity Media Corporation and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.83    
Local Marketing Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 between Infinity Broadcasting Corporation of San Francisco and SBS Bay Area, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.84    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of August 17, 2004 between Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. and Styles Media Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2004).
       
 
  10.85    
Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. dated December 23, 2004 by the Company in favor of Infinity Media Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  10.86    
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 23, 2004 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Infinity Media Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  10.87 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005 between the Company and Jason Shrinsky (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2005).
       
 
  10.88    
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 30, 2005, by and among Styles Media Group, LLC, Spanish Broadcasting Southwest, Inc. and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005).
       
 
  10.89    
First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and various lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).

 

98


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.90    
Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and various lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.91    
First Lien Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.92    
Second Lien Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.93    
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.94 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K filed May 10, 2005).
       
 
  10.95    
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 12, 2005 among the Company, WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2005).
       
 
  10.96    
Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 1, 2004 between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2005).
       
 
  10.97 *  
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2005, between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.100 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2006).
       
 
  10.98    
Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2005, by and among Styles Media Group, LLC, Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc., and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 2, 2005).
       
 
  10.99    
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 6, 2006, by and among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Licensing, Inc., and WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC, and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 12, 2006).
       
 
  10.100    
Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Licensing, Inc., WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).

 

99


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.101    
Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.102    
Secured Promissory Note, dated March 1, 2006, made by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Mega Media Holdings, Inc. and WDLP Licensing, Inc. in favor of WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC, in the principal amount of $18,500,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.103    
Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 7, 2006, between Irradio Holdings, Ltd. and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.106 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2006).
       
 
  10.104 *  
Employment Agreement dated as of November 21, 2005, effective January 3, 2006 between the Company and Cynthia Hudson-Fernandez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.105 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2006).
       
 
  10.106    
Agreement for Purchase and Sale dated August 24, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2006 (the “10/30/06 Current Report”)).
       
 
  10.107    
Amendment to Purchase and Sale dated September 25, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.108    
Second Amendment dated October 25, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.109    
Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated October 25, 2006, by and between the Company and SBS Miami Broadcast Center, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.110    
Lease dated October 25, 2006, by and between the 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.111    
Loan Agreement dated January 4, 2007, by and between Wachovia Bank, National Association and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2006 (the “1/10/06 Current Report”)).
       
 
  10.112    
Promissory Note, dated January 4, 2007, by SBS Miami Broadcast Center in favor of Wachovia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.113    
Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated January 4, 2007, by and between Wachovia and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.114    
Unconditional Guaranty dated January 4, 2007, by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. in favor of Wachovia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).

 

100


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.115    
Termination of Lease dated January 4, 2007, by and between the Seller and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.116 *  
Restricted Stock Grant, dated as of March 10, 2007 to Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.116 of the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2007 (the “2007 Annual Report”)).
       
 
  10.117 *  
Indemnification Agreement with Mitchell A. Yelen as of October 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 11, 2007).
       
 
  10.118 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007 between the Company and Mitchell A. Yelen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 11, 2007).
       
 
  10.119 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated November 8, 2007 between the Company and Cynthia Hudson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.119 of the Company’s 2007 Annual Report).
       
 
  10.120 *  
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2007 by and between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2007).
       
 
  10.121 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 4, 2008, by and between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report filed on Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2008).
       
 
  10.122 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Frank Flores (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2009).
       
 
  10.123 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of June 3, 2010 between the Company and Manuel E. Machado (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2010).
       
 
  14.1    
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 15, 2009).
       
 
  21.1    
List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of KPMG LLP.
       
 
  24.1    
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
       
 
  31.1    
Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2    
Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1    
Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2    
Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

101


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  99.1    
Form of Notice of Redemption, dated June 10, 2005, with respect to the redemption of the registrant’s 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 under the indenture dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  99.2    
Form of Notice of Redemption, dated June 10, 2005, with respect to the redemption of the registrant’s 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 under the indenture dated as of June 8, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
     
*  
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement, as required by Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

 

102


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on the 31st day of March, 2011.
                 
    Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.    
 
               
 
  By:   /s/ Raúl Alarcón, Jr.    
             
 
      Name:   Raúl Alarcón, Jr.    
 
      Title:   Chairman of the Board of Directors,    
 
          Chief Executive Officer and President    
Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Raúl Alarcón, Jr. and Joseph A. García, and each of them, his true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments to this report together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, and (iii) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, granting unto such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agents, proxies and attorneys-in-fact or any of their substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 31st day of March, 2011.
Signature
     
/s/ Raúl Alarcón, Jr.
 
Raúl Alarcón, Jr.
  Chairman of the Board of Directors, Chief Executive Officer and President (principal executive officer)
 
   
/s/ Joseph A. García
 
Joseph A. García
  Director, Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administration Officer and Secretary (principal financial and accounting officer)
 
   
/s/ Jose A. Villamil
 
Jose A. Villamil
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Mitchell A. Yelen
 
Mitchell A. Yelen
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Jason L. Shrinsky
 
Jason L. Shrinsky
  Director 
 
   
/s/ Manuel E. Machado
 
Manuel E. Machado
  Director 

 

103


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
Exhibit Index
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  3.1    
Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Commission File No. 333-85499)) (Exhibit A to this exhibit is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated March 25, 1996).
       
 
  3.2    
Certificate of Amendment to the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  3.3    
Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  3.4    
Certificate of Elimination of 14 1/4% Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A of the Company, dated October 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated November 14, 2003).
       
 
  4.1    
Article V of the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, dated September 29, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.2    
Certificate of Designations dated October 29, 2003 Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  4.3    
Certificate of Designations dated October 29, 2003 Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the 10 3/4% Series B Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  4.4    
Indenture dated June 29, 1994 among the Company, IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee, the Guarantors named therein and the Purchasers named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s 1994 Registration Statement on Form S-4).
       
 
  4.5    
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 25, 1996 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  4.6    
Second Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 1, 1997 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

 

104


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  4.7    
Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 21, 1999 to the Indenture dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company, the Guarantors named therein and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.8    
Indenture with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 with The Bank of New York as Trustee, dated November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 2, 1999).
       
 
  4.9    
Indenture with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 with the Bank of New York as Trustee, dated June 8, 2001 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-3, filed on June 25, 2001).
       
 
  4.10    
Form of stock certificate for the Class A common stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  4.11    
Certificate of Elimination of 14 1/4% of Senior Exchangeable Preferred Stock, Series A of the Company, dated October 28, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 14, 2003).
       
 
  4.12    
Certificate of Designation Setting Forth the Voting Power, Preferences and Relative, Participating, Optional and Other Special Rights and Qualifications, Limitations and Restrictions of the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  4.13    
Certificate of Correction to Certificate of Designation of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company dated January 7, 2005 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 of the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2004).
       
 
  10.1    
Warrant Agreement dated as of March 15, 1997 among the Company and IBJ Schroder Bank & Trust Company, as Warrant Agent (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.2 *  
Common Stock Registration Rights and Stockholders Agreement dated as of June 29, 1994 among the Company and certain Management Stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.3 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 1999, by and between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.4 *  
Employment Agreement dated as of October 25, 1999, by and between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.5    
Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Louis Viola Company and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.6    
Ground Lease dated December 18, 1995 between Frank F. Viola and Estate of Thomas C. Viola and SBS-NJ (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).

 

105


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.7    
Lease and License Agreement dated February 1, 1991 between Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY, as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.1 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.8    
Modification of Lease and License dated June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company and SBS-NY related to WSKQ-FM (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.2 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.9    
Lease and License Modification and Extension Agreement dated as of June 30, 1992 between Empire State Building Company, as landlord, and SBS-NY as tenant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15.3 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.10    
Lease Agreement dated June 1, 1992 among Raúl Alarcón, Sr., Raúl Alarcón, Jr., and SBS-Fla (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 of the 1994 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.11    
Agreement of Lease dated as of March 1, 1996 No. WT-174-A119 1067 between The Port Authority of New Jersey and SBS of Greater New York, Inc. as assignee of Park Radio (incorporated by reference to the 1996 Current Report).
       
 
  10.12    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Commission File No. 333-26295)).
       
 
  10.13    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of September 29, 1997 to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 2, 1997, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (New Jersey), Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., and One-on-One Sports, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, dated January 21, 1999 (Commission File No. 333-29449)).
       
 
  10.14    
Extension of lease of a Condominium Unit (Metropolitan Tower Condominium) between Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (Landlord) and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (Tenant) (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1998 Annual Report on Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.15 *  
Indemnification Agreement with Raúl Alarcón, Jr. dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.16    
Indemnification Agreement with Jason L. Shrinsky dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.17 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.18 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System 1999 Company Stock Option Plan for Nonemployee Directors (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.19    
Form of Lock-Up Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference in the Company’s 1999 Registration Statement).
       
 
  10.20 *  
Option Grant not under the Stock Option Plans with Arnold Sheiffer, dated October 27, 1999 (incorporated by reference to the 1999 Current Report).
       
 
  10.21    
Credit Agreement, dated as of July 6, 2000, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the several banks and other financial institutions or entities from time to time party to the Credit Agreement and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as administrative agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2000).
       
 
  10.22    
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement made by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. as Administrative Agent, dated as of July 6, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).

 

106


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.23 *  
Employment Agreement dated August 31, 2000, between William Tanner and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.24    
Deed of Constitution of Mortgage, Cadena Estereotempo, Inc., as Mortgagor, and Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Puerto Rico, as Mortgagee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.25    
Lease Agreement by and between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. made as of December 14, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.26    
First Addendum to Lease between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. as of December 14, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.27    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 2, 2000 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 2000 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.28    
Addendum to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2001).
       
 
  10.29    
Time Brokerage Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.30    
93.5 Time Brokerage Agreement, dated March 13, 2001, by and between Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.31    
Radio Network Affiliation Agreement, dated April 5, 2001, between Clear Channel Broadcasting, Inc. and SBS of San Francisco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.32    
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 5, 2001, by and among the Company, the lenders party to the Credit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2000 and Lehman Commercial Paper, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 5/9/01 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.33    
Purchase Agreement dated May 24, 2001 between the Company and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2001 Form S-3).
       
 
  10.34    
Registration Rights Agreement dated June 8, 2001 between the Company and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2001 Form S-3).
       
 
  10.35    
Form of Indemnification Agreement with Carl Parmer dated as of August 9, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).
       
 
  10.36 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 15, 2001 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).

 

107


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.37 *  
Form of Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 29, 2001 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Carl Parmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed December 31, 2001).
       
 
  10.38    
Amendment dated as of February 8, 2002 to Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of November 2, 2000 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., as amended by an Addendum dated March 13, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.39    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 8, 2002 to Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of March 13, 2001 by and between International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, as Licensee, and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., as Time Broker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.40    
Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 8, 2002 to the 93.5 Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of March 13, 2001 by and between Spanish Broadcasting System SouthWest, Inc., as Licensee and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, as Time Broker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Transition Report on Form 10-Q filed February 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.41    
Warrant dated February 8, 2002 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2002).
       
 
  10.42 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of January 16, 2002 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 2, 2002).
       
 
  10.43    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated June 4, 2002 by and among the Company, KTCY Licensing, Inc. and Entravision — Texas Limited Partnership (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.44    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of June 4, 2002 between KTCY Licensing, Inc. as Licensee and Entravision Communications Corporation as Programmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.45 *  
Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan as amended on May 6, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.46 *  
Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors as amended on May 6, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 14, 2002).
       
 
  10.47 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 29, 2002 between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 13, 2002).
       
 
  10.48    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 by and among Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc., Big City Radio, Inc. and Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2003).

 

108


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.49    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 between Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. as Licensee and Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc. as Programmer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 to the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.50    
Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 31, 2002 by the Company in favor of Big City Radio, Inc. and Big City Radio-CHI, L.L.C. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 to the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.51    
Warrant dated March 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated May 15, 2003).
       
 
  10.52    
Warrant dated April 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 5/15/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.53    
Warrant dated May 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, dated August 13, 2003).
       
 
  10.54    
Warrant dated June 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 8/13/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.55    
Warrant dated July 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 8/13/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.56    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 18, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Border Media Partners, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated September 25, 2003).
       
 
  10.57    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc., KPTI Licensing, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, dated October 9, 2003).
       
 
  10.58    
Warrant dated August 31, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.59    
Warrant dated September 30, 2003 by the Company in favor of International Church of the FourSquare Gospel (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.60    
Credit Agreement between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.61    
Guarantee and Collateral Agreement between the Company and certain of its subsidiaries in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.62    
Assignment of Leases and Rents by the Company in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.63    
Deed of Trust, Assignment of Leases and Rents, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing by the Company in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.64    
Transmission Facilities Lease between the Company and International Church of the FourSquare Gospel, dated October 30, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).

 

109


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.65    
Purchase Agreement dated October 30, 2003 between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.66 *  
Registration Rights Agreement dated October 30, 2003 between the Company and Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Lehman Brothers Inc. with respect to 10 3/4% Series A Cumulative Exchangeable Redeemable Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Company’s 11/14/03 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.67 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Jack Langer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.68 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Dan Mason (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.69 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated October 31, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.70 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated October 27, 2003 between the Company and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.78 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.71 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.79 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.72 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated December 10, 2003 between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.80 of the Company’s 2003 Form 10-K).
       
 
  10.73 *  
Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 3, 2004 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2004).
       
 
  10.74 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated as of March 3, 2004 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.75    
Amendment dated as of April 15, 2004, to the Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 2003 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc., KPTI Licensing, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.76    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of April 15, 2004 between KPTI Licensing, Inc., and Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc. and 3 Point Media-San Francisco, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 5/10/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.77 *  
Stock Option Letter Agreement dated as of July 2, 2004 between the Company and Antonio S. Fernandez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2004).
       
 
  10.78 *  
Stock Option Letter Agreement dated as of July 2, 2004 between the Company and Jose Antonio Villamil (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 8/9/04 Quarterly Report).

 

110


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.79    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 26, 2004 between Newsweb Corporation and Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 8/9/04 Quarterly Report).
       
 
  10.80    
Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of August 17, 2004 between Styles Media Group, LLC and Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 23, 2004).
       
 
  10.81    
Merger Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 among Infinity Media Corporation, Infinity Broadcasting Corporation of San Francisco, Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and SBS Bay Area, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.82    
Stockholder Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Infinity Media Corporation and Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.83    
Local Marketing Agreement dated as of October 5, 2004 between Infinity Broadcasting Corporation of San Francisco and SBS Bay Area, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 12, 2004).
       
 
  10.84    
Time Brokerage Agreement dated as of August 17, 2004 between Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc. and Styles Media Group, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2004).
       
 
  10.85    
Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. dated December 23, 2004 by the Company in favor of Infinity Media Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  10.86    
Registration Rights Agreement dated as of December 23, 2004 between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Infinity Media Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 27, 2004).
       
 
  10.87 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of March 15, 2005 between the Company and Jason Shrinsky (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed May 10, 2005).
       
 
  10.88    
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated March 30, 2005, by and among Styles Media Group, LLC, Spanish Broadcasting Southwest, Inc. and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 5, 2005).
       
 
  10.89    
First Lien Credit Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and various lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.90    
Second Lien Term Loan Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, Wachovia Bank, National Association, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. and various lenders (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.91    
First Lien Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).

 

111


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.92    
Second Lien Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.93    
Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of June 10, 2005, among Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  10.94 *  
Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of July 11, 2003 between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-K filed May 10, 2005).
       
 
  10.95    
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 12, 2005 among the Company, WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2005).
       
 
  10.96    
Second Amendment to Lease, dated December 1, 2004 between the Company and Irradio Holdings, Ltd. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 9, 2005).
       
 
  10.97 *  
Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of July 21, 2005, between Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.100 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2006).
       
 
  10.98    
Second Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 29, 2005, by and among Styles Media Group, LLC, Spanish Broadcasting System Southwest, Inc., and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 2, 2005).
       
 
  10.99    
Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated January 6, 2006, by and among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Licensing, Inc., and WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC, and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 12, 2006).
       
 
  10.100    
Security Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Licensing, Inc., WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.101    
Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2006, among Mega Media Holdings, Inc., WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC, WDLP Licensed Subsidiary, LLC, Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Licensed Subsidiary, LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).

 

112


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.102    
Secured Promissory Note, dated March 1, 2006, made by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc., Mega Media Holdings, Inc. and WDLP Licensing, Inc. in favor of WDLP Broadcasting Company, LLC and Robin Broadcasting Company, LLC, in the principal amount of $18,500,000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.103    
Third Amendment to Lease, dated as of March 7, 2006, between Irradio Holdings, Ltd. and Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.106 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 16, 2006).
       
 
  10.104 *  
Employment Agreement dated as of November 21, 2005, effective January 3, 2006 between the Company and Cynthia Hudson-Fernandez (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 6, 2006).
       
 
  10.105 *  
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. 2006 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2006).
       
 
  10.106    
Agreement for Purchase and Sale dated August 24, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 30, 2006).
       
 
  10.107    
Amendment to Purchase and Sale dated September 25, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.108    
Second Amendment dated October 25, 2006, by and between 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.109    
Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated October 25, 2006, by and between the Company and SBS Miami Broadcast Center, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.110    
Lease dated October 25, 2006, by and between the 7007 Palmetto Investments, LLC and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 10/30/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.111    
Loan Agreement dated January 4, 2007, by and between Wachovia Bank, National Association and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 10, 2006).
       
 
  10.112    
Promissory Note, dated January 4, 2007, by SBS Miami Broadcast Center in favor of Wachovia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.113    
Mortgage, Assignment of Rents and Security Agreement dated January 4, 2007, by and between Wachovia and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.114    
Unconditional Guaranty dated January 4, 2007, by Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. in favor of Wachovia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).
       
 
  10.115    
Termination of Lease dated January 4, 2007, by and between the Seller and SBS Miami Broadcast Center (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Company’s 1/10/06 Current Report).

 

113


Table of Contents

SPANISH BROADCASTING SYSTEM, INC.
AND SUBSIDIARIES
         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  10.116 *  
Restricted Stock Grant, dated as of March 10, 2007 to Raúl Alarcón, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.116 of the Company’s Annual Report filed on Form 10-K for the fiscal year 2007).
       
 
  10.117 *  
Indemnification Agreement with Mitchell A. Yelen as of October 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 11, 2007).
       
 
  10.118 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007 between the Company and Mitchell A. Yelen (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed November 11, 2007).
       
 
  10.119 *  
Incentive Stock Option Agreement dated November 8, 2007 between the Company and Cynthia Hudson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.119 of the Company’s 2007 Annual Report).
       
 
  10.120 *  
Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of November 7, 2007 by and between the Company and Marko Radlovic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed November 9, 2007).
       
 
  10.121 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 4, 2008, by and between the Company and Joseph A. García (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report filed on Form 8-K filed on August 8, 2008).
       
 
  10.122 *  
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of April 1, 2009, by and between the Company and Frank Flores (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 15, 2009).
       
 
  10.123 *  
Stock Option Agreement dated as of June 3, 2010 between the Company and Manuel E. Machado (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report filed on Form 10-Q filed on August 13, 2010).
       
 
  14.1    
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 15, 2009).
       
 
  21.1    
List of Subsidiaries of the Company.
       
 
  23.1    
Consent of KPMG LLP.
       
 
  24.1    
Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K).
       
 
  31.1    
Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  31.2    
Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.1    
Chief Executive Officer’s Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
       
 
  32.2    
Chief Financial Officer’s Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

114


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit number   Exhibit description
       
 
  99.1    
Form of Notice of Redemption, dated June 10, 2005, with respect to the redemption of the registrant’s 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 under the indenture dated as of November 2, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
       
 
  99.2    
Form of Notice of Redemption, dated June 10, 2005, with respect to the redemption of the registrant’s 9 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2009 under the indenture dated as of June 8, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 16, 2005).
     
*  
Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement, as required by Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

 

115

EX-21.1 2 c14783exv21w1.htm EXHIBIT 21.1 Exhibit 21.1
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.
     
Subsidiary Name   State of Incorporation
Alarcon Holdings, Inc.
  New York
Broadspan Music Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
Broadspan Music, Inc.
  Delaware
Cadena Estereotempo, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
Gabriel Productions, LLC
  Delaware
Gabriel Series I, LLC
  Delaware
JuJu Media, Inc.
  New York
KLAX Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KLEY Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KPTI Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KRZZ Licensing, LLC
  Delaware
KSAH Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KXOL Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KZAB Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
KZBA Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
Mega Media Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
Megafilms, Inc.
  Delaware
Megaflix, Inc.
  Delaware
Megaholdings, Inc.
  Delaware
Megapics, Inc.
  Delaware
Portorican American Broadcasting, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
SBS Bay Area, LLC
  Delaware
SBS Funding, Inc.
  Delaware
SBS Miami Broadcast Center, Inc.
  Delaware
SBS of Greater New York, Inc.
  New York
SBS Promotions, Inc.
  New York
Spanish Broadcasting System Finance Corporation
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System Group of Puerto Rico, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
Spanish Broadcasting System Holding Company, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
Spanish Broadcasting System Inc. (NJ)
  New Jersey
Spanish Broadcasting System Network, Inc.
  New York
Spanish Broadcasting System of California, Inc.
  California
Spanish Broadcasting System of Florida, Inc.
  Florida
Spanish Broadcasting System of Greater Miami, Inc.
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System of Illinois, Inc.
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc.
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System of Puerto Rico, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
Spanish Broadcasting System of San Antonio, Inc.
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System SouthWest, Inc.
  Delaware
Spanish Broadcasting System-San Francisco, Inc.
  Delaware
WCMA Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware

 

 


 

     
Subsidiary Name   State of Incorporation
WCMQ Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WDEK Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WEGM, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
WIO, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
WKIE Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WKIF Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WLEY Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WMEG Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WNOD, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
WODA, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
WOQI, Inc.
  Puerto Rico
WPAT Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WRMA Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WSBS Licensing Inc. (f/k/a WDLP Licensing, Inc.)
  Delaware
WSKQ Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WXDJ Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WZET Licensing, Inc.
  Delaware
WZNT, Inc.
  Puerto Rico

 

2

EX-23.1 3 c14783exv23w1.htm EXHIBIT 23.1 Exhibit 23.1
Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors
Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Subsidiaries:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-144286) on Form S-8 of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the “Company”) of our report dated March 31, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ (deficit) equity and comprehensive loss, and cash flows, for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2010, and the related financial statement schedule, which report appears in the December 31, 2010, annual report on Form 10-K of the Company.
     
 
  /s/ KPMG LLP
March 31, 2011
Miami, Florida
Certified Public Accountants

 

 

EX-31.1 4 c14783exv31w1.htm EXHIBIT 31.1 Exhibit 31.1
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Raúl Alarcón, Jr., certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  (b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  (c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  (d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  (b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
 
      /s/ Raúl Alarcón, Jr.    
 
  Name:  
 
Raúl Alarcón, Jr.
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President    
Date: March 31, 2011

 

 

EX-31.2 5 c14783exv31w2.htm EXHIBIT 31.2 Exhibit 31.2
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Joseph A. García, certify that:
1.  
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010 of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc.;
2.  
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.  
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
  (a)  
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
  (b)  
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
  (c)  
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
  (d)  
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5.  
The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
  (a)  
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
  (b)  
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
             
 
      /s/ Joseph A. García    
 
  Name:  
 
Joseph A. García
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer,    
 
      Senior Executive Vice President and Secretary    
Date: March 31, 2011

 

 

EX-32.1 6 c14783exv32w1.htm EXHIBIT 32.1 Exhibit 32.1
Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Raúl Alarcón, Jr., as Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1)  
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
2)  
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
 
      /s/ Raúl Alarcón, Jr.    
 
  Name:  
 
Raúl Alarcón, Jr.
   
 
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer and President    
Date: March 31, 2011

 

 

EX-32.2 7 c14783exv32w2.htm EXHIBIT 32.2 Exhibit 32.2
Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report of Spanish Broadcasting System, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joseph A. García, as Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and Secretary of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
1)  
The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and
2)  
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
             
 
      /s/ Joseph A. García    
 
  Name:  
 
Joseph A. García
   
 
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer, Chief Administrative Officer,    
 
      Senior Executive Vice President and Secretary    
Date: March 31, 2011

 

 

GRAPHIC 8 c14783c1478300.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 c14783c1478300.gif M1TE&.#EA3P`Q`.8``(>!??/(`J^-B]K8U1`-#L7!NX0``?W^^7$#">/AWOS\ M_/7T\_[GZ'MTKN3.WLZ?;XK_+;7_#ODGR6:JRHI5%+2"HE);VX MM$P_.DI$0FU75_[^_K= M;,/!@>_B>,;7F3`J*O_Z_'YX=>S/,::AG>;DX6YH8?W^_K.NJ>OIYFIA8$`\ MC\II>2=3(\=[?[BTL>/A[>"ZMO'P[MBRO!H6%XAR5;^[N/S^^]#,RKG0=_W] M_?6[P;Z]VKH\S4Q+B4>'_S]_9.HBC76,*$EM/('\<'_[W^.R9H=ZMKM&HK"0@ M>6%-'-WHNB$<'55S'Y"/N][;Z[=<9,F:F0<%!O[___[^_O___R'Y!``````` M+`````!/`#$```?_@'^"@X2%AH>(B8J+C(V.CY"1DI.4E9:7F)F#51U_'7Z? M?:)]BWZF?WY"?GU^-%5"0F!5-"D,5D=,("9;16M%/2%K,69;0%6"GYV0IJRF MJZ-_"0JDALZHL*RNL3(*-&\",`9:4&)/3P0$.^4;Z@5^Q]:1S'U5#A8_^#%% M38FG?F!"LE5)5:8;`Q1L#+CQH('/.3X8GMC90<"+"5663"DP]0*"B7($,$3X MI.B?$%2N4LD04B6.C81LDG#`D";DDR]B"$S\LFH:-7G.^BQ(,*`&`8@13O4# MB-(4&&Y5DKA!8``!C"07GJC`0*#&EQTNTJ@8PJJ**$GS!O81<>'HC@B,_U*= M;$7CGPP9'?10-[PX M1&>'0!H[3W:`V+@1$2A4C_T(>D8R]E&1@WZ^DP&&1MTJ`Y^*$)'BQ`HWO@VP M\:`F3<0O$M$\22/&CJF3SE>]@RQ*R,93GVQP701GC4**']QY]YT"0L@@0CQP.@0P- ME3DC16YO.-$;A6SL@>%1K++Z!`9_0!FB'Q]LH:A.*L205`(`O-#'9%]$$,,. M`$1`1`1;/.'%"QV(T`$88/1!`P^@2C'"`0E\YIL;9 MBBC@@`MV;`#`$$/\L(4*=@!@Q@912'9=$"I\L$!B?P#1`Q]V9+`1M*IX]X>U M4AR@1WHS>*#H#N>$B8'_"LEYJM0A?B2PA1-O! M!JI4T1HB%MA10P*$&.@)"%\,/AD?0)`$<,=K=)T&TTHIX.0I659EPQX"/N%0 M35YPE>N:T"$2`A\J#%!WS)SX,<`%2OQZE!U$J"6=*`DH3L`:593PT*D2PX`=V M^*,J_8B!$"Q@=5%@#BJPDW.J(#!VI.$AU82`4;HVED;2HPD_(!@` ME`!./Z8#``,0@5G\H`!VNA.>\Y1G/5.0`GQ:RV[3284?(A"%$)A@#1?8`+VH M!I$<=>T'+K#`!P9`TQ"(P0L`\`,00$`Q=/C1!'&R2S"Y<%%YD@&>1RT!!5)` M@\V\YA`L:(+UYA&-$'3(CS7_N(!6(]`$`/0`!#'HP06"X`X%1+4`,3!!$2Z` M@<5%@4\."@,2B.J#C,83GDIEJB=@`=(_3&$(S(#-@9#EQ`^<8B-_HVD(HR64 M##@`.GU`Z,6D]H=)#L`,EJRK7>E)`1[PX!H8,<0/@G`S%D)G"BIXHF&5<2ZL MX:D/1-A""/"$B@BXH`8K^X<(1A"!.M2!F"4([@2&.UQF4DFD?;4J/VX&(#^P MA6#PZVMV8.L"%ZRF/TVH+K,D505\%DT&'\!#"UIP!:F:$#)FJ8PA0J""E:7) M'V-[AQH05;,@)8((;(U!__H0@1]<(`0L2`QX^'2`L+5@#B0@00.6$+\DP4.] MA0C!__:D:I:00N>5?/C!U938#S+VH`4@_>RGE)L-01T#8%,I6/"",23@!R``@1FBL``3>:(#(QB(#%:L8`;SZ3'Q MD^X?)-R5'Q#A-?H1008V\`40@(^;DZ*-S4!Q&4Y("I]$*@.3%WRNHE%T31&P M``A^<`CV@@`U:@"!-/RP@`*88`=>`$&<7C$DZ3ZG1);"F9GQ:28U([C)+7RR M[6I)@`L]Z$R(0`#L_ ` end